Adds a "Download diagnostic report" button on the Health tab that
produces an age-encrypted .age file the user can attach to a GitHub
issue without exposing sensitive data.
Archive contents (tar.gz, then age-encrypted with the maintainer's
SSH ed25519 public key):
- diagnostic.json structured health/device summary (no secrets)
- datastore/…/*.xml raw on-disk XML verbatim for diff vs HTTP
- http/service/… live service HTTP responses per account/device
- http/speaker/… live speaker API responses (port 8090)
- ssh/speaker/… CA bundles + logread (last 20 min, 127.0.0.1
filtered) + dmesg fetched via SSH
- system/ca.pem service CA cert
- system/resolv.conf host DNS resolver config
- settings.json service settings (OAuth secrets redacted)
- env.txt filtered process environment
- logs/service.txt in-memory service log buffer
Supporting tooling:
- scripts/setup-diagnostic-key.sh one-time SSH key-pair generation
- scripts/decrypt-diagnostic.go go run helper for maintainer decryption
- keys/public/diagnostic.pub committed public key (matches github.com/gesellix.keys)
- docs/DIAGNOSTIC-EXPORT.md maintainer setup + user workflow guide
- docs/concepts/ENCRYPTED-EXPORT.md research notes and architecture rationale
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Closes the loop on the empty-<margeAccountUUID> finding from
RegisterSpeakerInfoReachable. Operators in #329 quoted that finding
verbatim and asked "What is the recommended way to complete pairing?"
— the framework detected the condition but offered no in-UI recourse.
The QuickFix completes pairing in-place by dispatching through
setup.Manager.PairAccount, which tries HTTP /setMargeAccount first
and falls back to telnet `envswitch accountid set` — same code path
the existing POST /setup/pair-account/{deviceId} handler uses.
Account ID is picked at finding-time when a real (7-digit) account
directory already contains this device on disk (typical scenario:
AfterTouch remembers a previous pairing the speaker forgot). When
no such account exists, the executor generates a fresh 7-digit ID
via setup.GenerateAccountID at click time. Either way, the chosen
ID is named in the Confirm dialog and the CLI ManualCommand
fallback so the operator can see what's about to happen.
Architecturally: the FixID constant lives in the health package
alongside the check that emits the finding, but the executor is
registered from handlers/server.go where setup.Manager is
available. This keeps the health package's transitive dep surface
small (the boundary comment near speakerInfoXML deliberately
forbids importing setup, which would pull SSH/telnet/certmgr).
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
When the same device appears under `default/` in two separate data dirs
(e.g. primary DataDir and the legacy st-go/data path), the first-seen entry
was kept unconditionally even when it had an empty name. A subsequent
default entry carrying a real name was silently dropped, causing name loss
in SyncFromAccountFull.
Addresses TestReproduceMissingName regression introduced by the
dedup-default-last change.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
The orphan-account QuickFix used to rely solely on the operator's
manual log inspection ("Before deleting, verify the speaker isn't
currently PUTting to account X") plus the Confirm dialog. Adds a
defensive layer: the speaker itself answers "which account do I
belong to?" via :8090/info's <margeAccountUUID> element. Wire that
into both ends of the flow.
Detection (consistency check): on each scan we probe /info for each
device with a known IP. When the speaker answers, its
margeAccountUUID overrides the on-disk ListAllDevices guess, and the
finding's Details/Confirm copy quotes the speaker verbatim — "Speaker
/info reports margeAccountUUID=1111111; this directory (account
9569497) is stale because the speaker has stopped targeting it." If
the probe fails the wording falls back to the manual-verify hint.
Executor (deleteOrphanAccountEntry): re-probes /info before deleting
and refuses when the speaker reports target.Account as live. That
closes the race where the operator re-paired between scan and click.
Logs every successful probe + decision for auditability.
fetchSpeakerMargeAccount split into a URL-injectable variant so the
httptest-driven tests can verify the probe end-to-end without
hard-coding :8090 onto an unreachable address.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
og-gh's #343 reproducer is built-in radio sources sitting on
non-canonical IDs (the 2000001+i fallback that GetConfiguredSources
hands out when on-disk sources lack canonical IDs). After re-pair
churn, presets binding by <sourceid> end up rebound to whichever
source happened to get the colliding numeric ID — silently rewriting
e.g. a TUNEIN preset to RADIOPLAYER on the next /full fetch.
The strict-match commit (aa449fb) keeps that drift from corrupting
emission downstream, but the underlying Sources.xml is still wrong
and the operator has to either pull-from-speaker (online) or
hand-edit XML (tedious). This commit adds an offline QuickFix that
rewrites the source IDs in Sources.xml back to canonical
(TUNEIN→10004, INTERNET_RADIO→10002, LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO→10003,
RADIO_BROWSER→10005) and updates every <sourceid> reference in
Presets.xml/Recents.xml in lockstep.
Skipped when the canonical ID is already in use by another source
(e.g. duplicate TUNEIN entries from manual XML editing) — collisions
need operator review. Idempotent: a second click is a no-op when
everything is already canonical.
The fix is reachable from the consistency check finding, gated by
the framework's standard Confirm dialog which enumerates the exact
ID rewrites before executing. No speaker contact required; the
speaker re-fetches /full on its own and picks up the new IDs.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
The orphan-account-entry finding (introduced in 0ac140f) currently just
points the operator at a copy-pasteable rm -rf command. Adds a
QuickFix button that does the same delete in-process after the
operator confirms via the standard health-framework Confirm dialog.
Findings are now one-per-(stale_account, device) pair so each delete
button targets exactly one directory. The Confirm copy spells out the
full path being removed and reminds the operator that the active
account isn't touched. The companion ManualCommands entry keeps the
shell-side rm available for operators who prefer to run it themselves.
deleteOrphanAccountEntry refuses on missing account/device, errors
explicitly when the directory was already cleaned up by hand, and
logs every successful removal so the action is auditable from the
service log.
The framework gates the click on Confirm — destructive operations
need operator consent per CLAUDE.md.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
User reported "we might have another issue with the account mapping"
after the prior commit only handled the default-vs-real case. The
backup at /backup/var_20260520_01 showed device A81B6A536A98 living
under four directories — accounts/9569497, accounts/default,
accounts/1111111, and the top-level default/ — only the third of
which currently receives the speaker's PUTs.
The authoritative "which account does this device belong to" signal
is the URL of the speaker's incoming PUT (per "speaker decides"),
which only the live handler observes. mtime is a proxy and can be
fooled by backup tools, manual touches, etc., so this commit drops
the mtime tiebreaker the previous attempt added.
Instead:
- ListAllDevices' dedup keeps default-deprioritisation (clear
placeholder semantics) but otherwise picks the first real account
encountered in stable alphabetical order. No heuristic guessing
among real accounts.
- New AllAccountsForDevice(deviceID) enumerates every on-disk
account directory containing the deviceID.
- The consistency check's orphan finding now lists every stale
account dir for each device, with the path the operator needs to
inspect and a pointer to the service log so they can verify which
account the speaker is actually targeting before deleting
anything.
We don't delete automatically — destructive filesystem actions need
explicit operator consent (CLAUDE.md "destructive actions" rule).
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
ListAllDevices used to let an entry under accounts/default/devices/<id>
replace the real-account entry for the same physical device whenever
the default-side DeviceInfo.xml had a non-empty <name>. The consistency
check then reported the device under "account default" even while the
speaker was happily POST/PUT'ing to its actually-paired account — the
operator saw "preset slot 1 present on speaker but missing from
service" for slots that very obviously did exist, just under the real
account they couldn't see.
The dedup now treats "default" as a fallback placeholder: sorts it to
the back of the iteration, and never lets it replace a real-account
entry. A default-only device (fresh discovery, never paired) is still
returned exactly as before.
Also adds an orphan-detection finding in the consistency check that
walks accounts/default/devices/ directly and flags entries whose
deviceID is also paired under a real account, with a copy-pasteable
rm -rf hint. We don't delete automatically — destructive filesystem
actions need explicit operator consent (CLAUDE.md).
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
The speaker's preset PUT carries only <sourceid> — no symbolic source
name — so we can't strict-match at write time the way we do on /full
emission. Adds a diagnostic-only inference from the preset's location
URL pattern (/v1/playback/station/sNNN -> TUNEIN, /playback/container/
-> SPOTIFY, /custom/v1/playback/ -> LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO) and logs
when the inference disagrees with the bound source's SourceKeyType.
This is visibility, not enforcement: the binding still proceeds as
the speaker requested (per "speaker wins"). The log gives the operator
a concrete pointer — "the URL looks like TUNEIN but I bound to
RADIOPLAYER, your Sources.xml may be stale, try setup.syncSources" —
instead of leaving them to discover the drift via the consistency
check days later.
URL inference is deliberately fuzzy and one-way: it only triggers a
log when confident, returns "" otherwise, and never feeds the
binding decision. That keeps it from re-introducing the guesswork
the user pushed back on for the actual GH-343 fix.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
The pre-fix marge.syncPresets / syncRecents path persisted the upstream
cloud's <source type="Audio"> attribute into ServicePreset.Source /
ServiceRecent.Source. That value doesn't match what the speaker writes
via its own /presets endpoint (which is the source of truth), and one
operator's consistency-check scan surfaced ~50 recent_mismatch findings
all tracing back to this single leak.
GetPresets / GetRecents now repair the leak on load: when persisted
Source is "Audio" (or empty) AND SourceID resolves in the current
Sources.xml, substitute the speaker-perspective SourceKeyType. The
repair fires only on the *leak signature* — when persisted Source
carries a non-leak symbolic value like "TUNEIN", we never touch it.
That asymmetry is load-bearing for GH-343: a TUNEIN preset whose
SourceID has been re-classified to RADIOPLAYER in Sources.xml stays
TUNEIN here. The speaker's previously-stored intent wins over a stale
current source-list entry — soundcork's blind matching_src.source_key_type
substitution is the silent rewrite we're protecting against.
Also:
- sourceKeyTypeFromFullSource now logs when the providerid isn't
canonical and we fall back to upstream Type, so future leak
signatures are visible instead of silent.
- Removes the loadServiceView workaround that resolved Source via
SourceID at consistency-check time — datastore now repairs at
the layer where every consumer benefits.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
marge.syncPresets / syncRecents were writing the upstream cloud's
<source type="Audio"> attribute into ServicePreset.Source /
ServiceRecent.Source on disk. That's a protocol-level classification,
not the symbolic name the speaker itself uses (TUNEIN, INTERNET_RADIO,
…). The on-disk shape ended up disagreeing with what the speaker writes
via its own /presets endpoint, which IS the source of truth — and the
disagreement surfaced as cross-side mismatches in the new consistency
check (one user saw 30+ recent_mismatch findings, all "speaker source=X
vs service source=Audio").
Project the upstream FullResponseSource back to the speaker's
perspective at persist time via SourceProviderID lookup against
StaticProviders (the inverse of canonicalProviderIDByID). Falls back
to the upstream Type for unknown providerids so non-canonical sources
stay no-worse-than-before.
The consistency-check workaround in loadServiceView (which resolves
Source via SourceID lookup on read) stays in place to cover legacy
on-disk data written by the previous behaviour — that data only gets
cleaned up when the operator re-runs setup.syncPresets from the
speaker directly.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
First operator run of the new consistency check surfaced both real bugs
and a lot of noise. This commit refines the report so the remaining
findings are actionable.
Real bugs fixed:
- loadServiceView now resolves preset/recent Source via SourceID lookup
against Sources.xml, instead of trusting the persisted Source field.
syncPresets / syncRecents in sync.go currently writes the upstream
FullResponseSource.Type ("Audio") into ServicePreset.Source, which
made every cross-side mismatch finding read "service source='Audio'".
Underlying syncPresets/Recents misfeature is a separate fix; the
consistency check stops being fooled by it.
- Duplicate-source dedup keyed by type+account, not just type.
SpotifyConnectUserName + SpotifyAlexaUserName, QPlay1UserName +
QPlay2UserName are legitimate sub-accounts of the same source type
and used to falsely trip duplicate_source warnings.
Noise removed:
- Cross-side source_mismatch comparison dropped. Speaker /sources
enumerates local I/O sources (AUX, BLUETOOTH, AIRPLAY, QPLAY, …),
service Sources.xml tracks credentialed streaming sources (TUNEIN,
INTERNET_RADIO, …). They legitimately don't overlap on most types,
so the asymmetry was pure noise.
- Internal-consistency check restricted to the service side. Streaming
sources are never in the speaker's /sources by design (they're
proxied through BMX), so a TUNEIN preset on the speaker always
looked "dangling" against speaker /sources.
- Service-only / speaker-only recent cascade collapsed into one
summary line when 5+ speaker recents are missing from service.
- New short-circuit: when the service has nothing (presets, recents,
sources all empty) for a device the speaker clearly has state for,
emit one "this device looks unsynced, click Sync" warning instead
of dozens of per-slot mismatches.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds a new health check that surfaces preset / recent / sources
inconsistencies operators previously had to dig out by hand. For every
paired device, the check runs three analyses:
1. Service-side internal consistency. Verifies every Presets.xml and
Recents.xml entry's <sourceid> resolves to a Sources.xml entry, and
flags duplicate source-type entries (mapPresetsToFullResponse picks
the first match, so duplicates can mask GH-343-style cross-type
binds).
2. Speaker-side internal consistency. Same analysis applied to the
speaker's :8090 XML — catches the case where the speaker locally
knows a TUNEIN preset but the speaker's /sources list doesn't
advertise TuneIn (a #253-class trigger).
3. Cross-side comparison. Speaker vs service per slot / per recent /
per source type. A preset whose source attribute disagrees between
sides is flagged with both values in the detail — that's the
GH-343 footprint after a reboot, and now it shows up as a Finding
instead of a forum thread.
Speaker probes fail gracefully with a copy-pasteable curl block; the
service-side internal check still runs.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
GH-343: a TUNEIN preset surviving a reboot used to come back from /full
re-attributed to RADIOPLAYER because mapPresetsToFullResponse's step-1
exact-ID match accepted any source with the matching numeric ID,
regardless of what the preset originally claimed for its Source. The
speaker trusts /full as ground truth, so the local preset got its
source attribute silently rewritten.
Tighten step-1: refuse the bind when the preset's claimed Source and
the configured source's SourceKeyType disagree (both populated). The
existing step-2 type/account fallback then finds the right source, or
synthesise/skip handles the no-match case. The refusal is logged so
the cross-type collision is visible in service logs.
Same fix applied to findMatchingSourceForRecent.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
SavePresets hard-coded isPresetable="true" on every persisted preset,
overwriting the speaker firmware's verdict. The speaker sets
isPresetable="false" for content it can't independently recall later
(notably Spotify Connect pushes from a phone — see GH-235); masking
that flag made the on-disk XML look valid while pressing the preset
on the speaker still did nothing, leaving users debugging a phantom
"stored but won't play" state.
Now preserve the caller's value and default to "true" only when it's
empty. A non-recallable preset is logged at info level so users can
tell from the service log why a stored preset isn't playing.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Recents had the same protobuf-required-field hazard as presets — an
empty <source/> block inside <recent> would also abort the speaker's
/full sync (the recents poisoned-sourceproviderid regression
documented this once for a related sub-symptom). Apply the same
skip-or-synthesise filter so an orphaned recent can never take the
whole account sync down.
The synthesise/skip code paths log at info level; same visibility
posture as the preset side.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
UpdatePreset returned "invalid account/source" with a 500 when the
speaker's preset PUT referenced a source that wasn't in AfterTouch's
per-device configured-sources list. After a factory reset the speaker
locally knows the built-in radio sources but AfterTouch's Sources.xml
may not, so a long-press appeared to succeed on the speaker but the
preset was never persisted — and the next /full sync wiped the local
copy. Closes GH-314 (and the underlying trigger described in GH-253).
For the canonical built-in IDs (10001..10005) AfterTouch now auto-adds
the source from the same template post-pair would have used, then lets
the preset land. Non-canonical / account-bound IDs (Spotify "100004",
Amazon, custom) are still rejected — we can't fabricate per-account
credentials. The rejection now logs the diagnostic context so users
don't have to grep source to understand why their long-press didn't
stick.
Also accepts the Stockholm mobile app's <username> field as the preset
name when <name> is empty (soundcork documents the same divergence).
Every code path that silently repairs preset data now logs at info
level: synthesised /full source blocks, skipped presets, auto-added
canonical sources, and the Stockholm name fallback. This makes user
diagnostic dumps actionable without source-spelunking.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
When a preset on disk referenced a source no longer in the configured-
sources list, mapPresetsToFullResponse appended it with an empty
<source/> block. The speaker decodes /full as protobuf and treats the
inner source fields (id, type, sourceproviderid, credential) as
required, so the malformed block aborted the whole account sync and
wiped the speaker's locally stored presets — the GH-269 symptom of
"/presets empty within seconds of AfterTouch coming online".
For well-known radio providers (TuneIn, InternetRadio,
LocalInternetRadio, RadioBrowser) the preset now gets a synthesised
source block built from canonical defaults; account-bound providers
(Spotify, Amazon) are skipped with a log line so other presets in the
response survive the sync.
Also folds RADIO_BROWSER into resolveSourceName's fallback switch.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
CodeQL alert 147 flagged the Phase-2 re-dial with
InsecureSkipVerify=true, used to read the served leaf after
Phase 1's strict verification failed.
The leaf is already reachable without a second connection:
tls.CertificateVerificationError carries
UnverifiedCertificates, and the three x509.* verification-
error types each carry the offending Cert. errors.As over
those covers darwin (Security.framework) and linux
(crypto/x509) consistently.
Same three classifier outcomes
(leafFromOwnCA/leafSubjectEqualsIssuer/leafForeign), same
chainContext rendering — the classifier reads only the leaf,
which is byte-identical to the Phase-2 peers[0]. Removes the
only InsecureSkipVerify literal in the tree.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
CodeQL flagged the writeWAV cast of strconv.Atoi's result to
uint32 (alert 148). Two-layer defence: the handler rejects
sample-rate query params outside [8000, 192000] before parsing
ever reaches Render, and WithDefaults snaps any out-of-range
caller-supplied SampleRate back to the default before
renderChirp allocates buffers sized by it.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The previous classifier always returned SeverityWarning when the
served leaf didn't validate against the service host's system
trust store. For AfterTouch's *default* deployment shape (its
own self-signed CA), that's the expected, healthy state — the
service host's trust store deliberately doesn't include our CA;
speakers establish trust via `setup install-ca`, not via system
roots. Reporting it as a warning misled non-technical operators
into thinking something was broken.
Rework the severity matrix:
- leafFromOwnCA (signature-verified): INFO. Message says
"AfterTouch is serving its own self-signed CA chain
(expected)". Details explain the service-host trust-store
state is by design. Manual command becomes a reminder
rather than a fix.
- leafSubjectEqualsIssuer (heuristic): INFO. Explains the
heuristic and offers both install-ca (if it is AfterTouch)
and openssl (if it isn't) as paths.
- leafForeign (genuinely unexpected): WARN. Unchanged
semantics; this is the case that actually wants attention.
- connection failure: ERROR. Unchanged.
Title renamed from "HTTPS endpoint certificate validates" (which
read as a binary assertion the finding contradicted) to
"HTTPS endpoint TLS configuration".
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Separate check from service_cert_chain: that one inspects what's
served right now, this one watches when the trust anchor itself
will stop being usable. Even when the served leaf validates,
the CA's NotAfter will eventually expire every leaf it has ever
issued — and every paired speaker would then need
`setup install-ca` again with a freshly generated CA.
Three thresholds against the loaded CA's NotAfter:
> 90 days remaining → no finding (rolls up to OK)
31..90 days → INFO, surfaces the renewal date so it
isn't a surprise
1..30 days → WARNING with regeneration guidance
expired → ERROR — speakers will reject leaves
ManualCommand renders the actual cert path from
certmanager.GetCACertPath() so operators don't have to guess
where to delete. Sibling .key path inferred from the cert path
basename — close enough for a copy-paste hint; operators verify
before running.
Rounded day arithmetic via (d + 12h) / 24h to avoid the
"expires in 59 days" surprise caused by ASN.1 GeneralizedTime
truncating sub-second precision on the CreateCertificate /
ParseCertificate round-trip.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Audit item #1 (11+ recurrences in issues / discussions): pull
speaker /info + /sources + /presets, plus service-side state
and pairing inference, into one view per device.
Backend: GET /setup/device-summary/{deviceId} probes the three
speaker endpoints concurrently (sync.WaitGroup, 3 s per probe)
and merges the result with what the datastore knows for the
same device. Partial failures don't break the response — each
sub-section carries its own reachability + error + curl_command
so the UI can render copy-paste fallbacks when the service host
can't reach the speaker.
JSON shape covers four panels:
- device identity + firmware
- speaker {info, sources, presets} with raw outcomes
- service server URL, expected hosts, Sources.xml /
Presets.xml presence and counts
- pairing paired flag, marge host, host match
UI: new "Inspect" button per row on the Devices tab. Clicking
expands a sibling row with five summary cards (info / sources /
presets / service / pairing). Each unreachable card renders the
matching curl command with a Copy button — same dual-mode
pattern as Health findings. Closes the gap operators were
filling by manually concatenating curl output across the three
speaker endpoints when filing bug reports.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The DNS sanity check passed bindAddr directly to dns.Client.Exchange.
Wildcard binds like "0.0.0.0:53", "[::]:53", or the empty
string (which the dns lib treats as default port 53 on all
interfaces) aren't actually dialable from inside the same
host — net would refuse the empty string outright, and our
finding rendered "Queried ." in the operator's UI.
resolveDNSQueryTarget now translates:
"" → 127.0.0.1:53
":53" → 127.0.0.1:53
"0.0.0.0:53" → 127.0.0.1:53
"[::]:53" → 127.0.0.1:53
"192.0.2.10:53" → unchanged
"53" → 127.0.0.1:53
"example.com" → example.com:53
The finding's Details now exposes both the configured bind and
the effective query target separately, so when queries still
fail the operator can tell whether the server simply isn't
listening on a dialable address vs. responding with the wrong IP.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Mirrors what I had in the conversation summary: parameter list
with types and defaults, the sync.Once cache behaviour for the
default-options request shape, a copy-paste curl example, and a
pointer to the renderer package + offline CLI.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The Subject==Issuer heuristic for "this is AfterTouch's
self-signed cert" misses the common case: AfterTouch's internal
CA has CN="SoundTouch Local Root CA" while leaves it issues have
CN="soundtouch" — different Subject and Issuer strings, so the
classifier was falling through to "foreign chain" and suggesting
openssl s_client when install-ca was actually the right fix.
Replace the heuristic with a definitive check: load AfterTouch's
own CA leaf via setup.Manager.Crypto.GetCACertPath() and call
x509.Certificate.CheckSignatureFrom(ca). When that succeeds we
*know* the leaf came from our own CA. The Subject==Issuer
heuristic stays as a fallback for environments where the CA
isn't loadable (with a clarifying note in the hint).
Server.loadOwnCACert caches the parsed CA via sync.Once so
repeated Health polls don't re-read the PEM.
Fixes the case shown in soundtouch.fritz.box deployments where
Subject=CN=soundtouch,O=AfterTouch and Issuer=CN=SoundTouch
Local Root CA,O=SoundTouch Local Service confused the
classifier.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Move the ding renderer into pkg/service/ding so it can run both
at request time (from the new HandleDing handler) and offline
(from the existing scripts/gen-aftertouch-ding CLI, now a thin
wrapper around the same package).
- GET /media/aftertouch-ding.wav synthesises on first call,
caches the default-options bytes via sync.Once, and accepts
query-string overrides for every knob (pitch-{high,mid,low},
chirp-ms, gap-ms, attack-ms, release-ms, sample-rate, peak).
Invalid / out-of-range values silently fall back to defaults.
- Embedded WAV is gone from VCS — no 52 KB binary in the
repo, and tweaking the sound is now a query-param away rather
than a regenerate-and-commit cycle.
- Health-tab playback_test check is unchanged: the URL it
references (/media/aftertouch-ding.wav) keeps the same shape,
the handler just produces the bytes dynamically now.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Companion working-tree note for the Health-tab debug-utility
programme. Same status as NEXT.md and DONE.md — session-local
plan/tracking artifact, not a project document.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Standalone version of the sources-refresh trigger the
sources_xml_diff check emits opportunistically — exposed per
device regardless of whether drift was detected, since operators
also use it after manual Sources.xml edits or after running the
sources_xml_present quick fix.
Quick fix POSTs `<updates><sourcesUpdated/></updates>` to the
speaker's /notification endpoint. Manual command of equivalent
shape provided for cloud-deployed setups where the service
can't reach the speaker.
Recurring debug pattern from #175, disc #223, implied in #314.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Queries this service's own DNS server for every intercepted
Bose hostname (api.bose.com, content.api.bose.io, etc.) and
verifies the answer is the configured service IP. Catches:
- DNS subsystem disabled or unbound (speakers using us as
their resolver get NXDOMAIN).
- DNS running but answers point at a stale IP (operator
changed the LAN address without restarting).
- Subset of intercepts silently failing — emits the failing
hostname list explicitly so it's obvious which patterns are
falling through shouldIntercept.
For the mismatch case the finding includes a copyable
`nslookup … <our-dns-bind>` so operators can verify the same
behaviour from the speaker's network.
To avoid duplicating the intercept list, exports it as
`discovery.InterceptedBoseHosts` instead — same string slice
that DNSDiscovery.shouldIntercept walks.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Probes http://<ip>:8090/presets for each device and counts the
returned <preset id=…> entries against the service-side
Presets.xml count. Three outcomes:
- Match: no finding.
- Speaker has 0 while service has entries: WARNING — the
post-migration / post-reset preset-loss pattern from
discussion #295 and #235.
- Counts differ otherwise: INFO with both numbers in the
message, so the operator can decide whether to sync.
Reachability / parse failures degrade to info-level findings
with a copyable curl command, matching the dual-mode pattern
the rest of the slice uses.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Recurring failure mode in issues #218 and #224: presets saved
before the May 2026 cloud shutdown still carry
content.api.bose.io/.../orion URLs in their <location>, which
the speaker fetches directly post-migration. Result: playback
silently fails because the dead host can't serve the request
and the speaker has no fallback path.
Passive filesystem scan over every device's service-side
Presets.xml; emits a warning per device listing the affected
preset slot IDs and a copyable sed snippet that strips the dead
host prefix, leaving the BMX-relative /v1/playback/... path
that this service can resolve.
No probe, no LAN access needed — purely a service-side data
check, so it's also safe to run on cloud-deployed AfterTouch.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
For each known device, surface an info-level finding with a
"Play ding" quick fix and an equivalent curl command. The fix
POSTs an INTERNET_RADIO ContentItem to the speaker's /select
endpoint pointing at <serverURL>/media/aftertouch-ding.wav — the
asset committed earlier in this branch.
No external dependency (unlike TuneIn-based playback tests from
issues #94, #175, #188, #214, #218, #224, #235, #253, #262,
#272), so it works for cloud-deployed AfterTouch as long as the
speaker can reach the service URL.
Dual-mode by construction: the curl command in ManualCommands
is the same shape the server-side fix uses, so operators on
LAN-isolated setups can paste it and trigger the same playback
from a reachable host. Skipped (with an explanatory finding)
when SERVER_URL isn't configured — the speaker would have
nowhere to fetch the audio from.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Cloud-deploy reports (discussion #295 et al.) repeatedly came
down to "does the speaker trust AfterTouch's cert?". Add a check
that dials the configured HTTPS endpoint, attempts validation
against the system trust store, and:
- Says nothing when the chain validates — typical for a public
CA chain (Let's Encrypt, etc.) the speaker firmware trusts
natively. No action needed.
- Warns when validation fails and surfaces the chain context:
subject, issuer, SANs, expiry, and the underlying error so
operators can copy a diagnosis into a bug report. Includes a
copyable suggestion — install-ca when the leaf looks
self-signed (Subject == Issuer heuristic), or an
`openssl s_client` invocation for unknown/foreign chains.
Reads the HTTPS URL via a closure on Server.GetSettings(), so
later restarts pick up new URLs without re-registration.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
For each device, probe /info and extract the <margeURL> the
speaker is configured to talk to. Compare the hostname against
the service's expected-hosts list (serverURL host +
httpsServerURL host + --tls-extra-host values).
When the speaker is pointed at a host AfterTouch doesn't claim,
emit a warning with two pieces of context:
- the actual <margeURL>, so the operator sees the drift
- a copyable `soundtouch-service --tls-extra-host=<host>`
suggestion, which is the right fix when the speaker should
keep talking to AfterTouch via the unexpected hostname (the
other fix is re-migration, which is mentioned in the details).
Reachability / parse failures are intentionally silent here —
speaker_info_reachable already covers those, no need to double-warn.
Required plumbing: Server.SetExpectedHosts so main.go can pass
config.domains in, plus an ExpectedHosts() getter the closure-form
registration reads at run time.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
For each device, probe http://<ip>:8090/sources and compare the
set of source types against the service-side Sources.xml. The two
documents have *different* schemas (sourceItem attributes vs.
source elements with sourceKey children), so we compare the
extracted type sets rather than diffing XML directly.
Two finding shapes:
- WARN: service advertises types the speaker doesn't have
(e.g. TUNEIN, RADIO_BROWSER missing after a factory reset).
Includes a copyable POST /notification command that triggers
a sourcesUpdated refresh without a reboot.
- INFO: speaker has types the service doesn't know about
(mostly harmless — usually AUX or BLUETOOTH-style local-only
sources). Surfaces it so operators notice managed sources
that drifted out of the service config.
Recurring debug pattern from issues #175, #195, #214, #218, #236,
disc #315.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
For every known device, probe http://<ip>:8090/info from the
service and emit findings for:
- Unreachable speakers — surfaces a copyable curl command the
operator can run from a host on the speaker's LAN.
- Speakers replying 200 but with empty <margeAccountUUID> —
the TPDA pairing-state failure mode documented in
discussion #223 ("Account ID = (empty)" in logread).
- Non-200 HTTP responses and malformed /info bodies, both as
warnings with the underlying detail in the finding.
Uses the ProbeGet helper from the previous commit; the dual-mode
fallback is the curl command emitted via ManualCommands when
server-side reach fails — appropriate when AfterTouch is hosted
off the speaker's LAN.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Diagnostic checks coming next need to talk to speakers on the
LAN, which the service can't always reach — e.g. AfterTouch
hosted publicly while the operator's browser sits on the speaker
subnet. Establish the dual-mode primitive first so subsequent
checks can use it consistently:
- ProbeGet(ctx, url, timeout) issues a short-timeout GET and
always returns a CurlCommand the operator can run from a host
that can reach the target, regardless of whether the
server-side fetch succeeded.
- Finding gains an optional ManualCommands field; the admin UI
renders each as a labelled, copyable code block with a Copy
button and an optional hint line.
No new checks yet — that's the next commit. This one only adds
the primitive and the rendering path so each subsequent check is
a one-file diff.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
A 600 ms two-chirp sound derived from the braille S+T pair that
makes up the AfterTouch logo. Used as the test-playback target so
operators can confirm a freshly migrated speaker actually emits
audio without depending on TuneIn or any external service.
Mapping: dot rows → pitches (A5/E5/A4), dot columns → stereo
channels. S (dots 2,3,4) renders first, then T (dots 2,3,4,5) —
audibly "S plus one more voice".
Generator under scripts/gen-aftertouch-ding regenerates the file
on demand:
go run ./scripts/gen-aftertouch-ding \
-o pkg/service/handlers/static/media/aftertouch-ding.wav
22050 Hz stereo 16-bit PCM, ~52 KB. Picked up by the existing
static/media/* embed in handlers_media.go, so it's served at
GET /media/aftertouch-ding.wav once handlers can play it.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Cloud-deploy operators on Discussion #295 needed to leave the
admin UI for docker logs / journalctl to see what the service was
doing. Mirror log.Default() output into an in-memory ring buffer
and expose it under /setup/logs so the admin UI can show a live
trace alongside the existing tabs.
The buffer is a second sink under log.SetOutput(io.MultiWriter(
os.Stderr, buf)) — stderr keeps receiving every line verbatim,
so docker logs / journalctl are unaffected. Default capacity
2000 lines (~400 KB), tunable via SOUNDTOUCH_LOG_BUFFER_LINES.
- pkg/service/logbuf: io.Writer ring with \n splitting,
partial-line buffering, monotonic Seq, Since(since, limit)
reporting dropped count when the caller falls behind.
- New /setup/logs (GET) returns {entries, nextSince, dropped,
capacity}. Polls at 1.5s while the tab is active; paused on
document.hidden.
- "8. Logs" tab with substring filter, tail-follow toggle
(auto-disables when the user scrolls up), monospace dark view.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Discussion #295 surfaced that a paired device without Sources.xml
silently breaks playback — /full omits TUNEIN and selection fails
with 1005. initializeDefaultSources only runs at startup over
existing devices, so a device that checks in later is never
seeded.
Add a Health tab to the admin UI that runs registered checks
against the datastore and offers one-click remediations. The
first check flags missing Sources.xml per device; its quick fix
writes the canonical defaults via SaveConfiguredSources. The
check/fix registry is designed so adding Presets.xml,
Recents.xml, or future reachability probes is a one-file diff.
- New /setup/health (GET) and /setup/health/fix (POST) routes
- pkg/service/health: Registry, Check, Finding, QuickFix types
- Sources.xml-present check + create_default_sources fix
- "7. Health" tab in pkg/service/handlers/web/
Inspired by issue #327's MAINTENANCE tab proposal; curl/URL
helper content from that issue can slot into the same tab in
a follow-up.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The b95bdae split changed BmxPlayback.Href to raw `Tune.ashx?id=…` URLs,
which the speaker's BMX module fetches directly — failing `IsItBose`,
sending no auth, and getting 401 from radiotime. Restore the v0.85.0
shape (`/v1/playback/{station|episodes}/{id}`) so playback flows back
through HandleTuneInPlayback. Also restore play-link emission for Topic
search results (single podcast episodes); `Tune.ashx?id=t<N>` accepts
them like station IDs, so the same path works.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The leaf cert generator already routes IP-shaped entries into the
IPAddresses SAN, and getDomains already feeds it the hostnames parsed
from --server-url and --https-server-url. Add an explicit
--tls-extra-host flag (repeatable, env TLS_EXTRA_HOST) for the
remaining cases: multi-homed hosts, reverse-proxy frontends, or
browsing the admin UI via a LAN IP that isn't part of the configured
server URLs.
Resolves the ERR_CERT_COMMON_NAME_INVALID Chrome refuses when the URL
bar hostname (e.g. the host's LAN IP) isn't in any cert SAN, even
when the local CA is trusted.
- Sets up Dependabot for JS dependency updates
- Adds GitHub workflow for automated static dependency updates
- Creates update script for Preact and other static JS libraries
- Updates Preact to latest version via new automation
- Refactors BMX service to support multiple radio providers
- Adds RadioBrowser.com API integration with search and browse
- Splits TuneIn logic into separate module for better organization
- Adds new web UI components for radio station discovery
- Includes new SVG icons for RadioBrowser branding
- Updates feature history phases from 2024 to 2026 dates
- Corrects service announcement timeline references
- Aligns API coverage documentation with current project schedule
- Adds new favicon-braille.svg logo file for AfterTouch branding
- Updates README.md to reference the new braille-style logo
- Establishes visual identity for the project
ConnectDeviceWebSocket was a one-shot: connect, wait for disconnect,
log, return. Once the device-side WebSocket died (idle timeout, blip,
speaker reboot), the goroutine ended and conn.WebSocket stayed
pointing at the (now-dead) client — which made the duplicate-spawn
guard `if device.WebSocket == nil` at the five callsites in
handler.go correctly skip spawning, but with nothing else trying to
reconnect, the speaker's status flow froze for the rest of the
process's lifetime. The browser kept receiving status_update
messages on the 5 s ticker (HandleWebSocket), but every payload
carried the same stale data the service last knew.
Symptom: load the page, NowPlaying shows fresh state; some minutes
later, the speaker switches presets or tracks but NowPlaying never
updates — even though playback itself works because those are
one-shot HTTP calls that don't depend on the WebSocket.
Fix: wrap the connect-and-wait in a for-loop with exponential
backoff (1 s → 30 s cap, reset on every successful connect). The
goroutine now lives for the device entry's lifetime; conn.WebSocket
is updated on each successful reconnect and never cleared, so the
existing guards keep working without spawning duplicate loops.
Pre-existing main bug — preserved by the relocation, surfaced when
testing the rebased branch. Fix is contained to the one function;
behaviour is byte-identical for the happy path (one connect, no
disconnect ever).
go build ./... clean. go test ./... clean (only pre-existing
TestDocsConsistency fails). golangci-lint run ./... 0 issues.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Stations still showed a dim ▶ inside the .tunein-item-arrow span
while programs (with the new pill button from 34d4692) showed a
circled play button. Two different play affordances side by side
looked accidental.
Now every item with a playback link renders the same pill button,
and the arrow span carries only the drill-in chevron. Per item type:
Stations (play only) pill ▶
Programs (navigate + play) pill ▶ + chevron ›
Genres (navigate only) chevron ›
The pill stops event propagation, so clicking it triggers play
without bubbling to the row's navigate handler — that lets row
clicks keep drilling into programs while the button cuts straight
to "play latest episode."
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The Preact TuneInBrowser hid the play affordance whenever an item
also had a navigate link. TuneIn programs have BOTH (drill into
episodes + play latest episode, after backend PR #317), so the
button never appeared on program rows — only the chevron.
Old vanilla UI showed both. Restored:
- navigate(item) keeps its current behaviour (path wins for row
clicks, falls through to play if there's no path) — that lets
pure-leaf items (stations) still play on whole-row click.
- New explicit .tunein-play-btn rendered conditionally when an item
has BOTH a navigate link and a playback link. Stops event
propagation so clicking it triggers play (device picker overlay)
instead of bubbling to the row's navigate handler.
- CSS: pill-shaped 32px button using the same --accent / --text-dim
tokens the rest of the UI uses; hover state swaps to --accent /
--accent-fg to avoid same-on-same contrast in either theme.
The chevron stays as the row's "drill in" indicator for any
navigable item, including programs.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Ports app's commit b040c8a. Five new handlers + five new routes for
master/slave stereo-pair and multi-room management; the Zone.js
frontend was already shipped in the Preact swap.
HandleGetZone GET /api/zone/{id}
Returns zone info enriched with member names and role flags
(isMaster / isSlave / isStandalone) computed from the perspective
of the queried device. Each member carries IP, hwID, and friendly
name so the frontend can render readable rows.
HandleZoneAdd POST /api/zone/{id}/add/{slaveId}
Adds a slave to the zone where {id} is or becomes the master.
Standalone master gets a fresh ZoneRequest; existing zone is
extended via ToZoneRequest + AddMember.
HandleZoneRemove POST /api/zone/{id}/remove/{slaveId}
Removes a named slave from the master's existing zone.
HandleZoneDissolve POST /api/zone/{id}/dissolve
Issues a single-member ZoneRequest so the master goes standalone.
HandleZoneLeave POST /api/zone/{id}/leave
Slave-side leave: looks up the master via findIPByHwID using the
slave's current zone info, then dispatches RemoveMember against
the master's client (the speaker protocol requires the master to
own the SetZone call).
Translation notes:
- All handlers go through app.GetDevice(id) instead of direct
app.Devices[id] access — matches main's encapsulated-registry
refactor (post-base on main, see registry_test.go).
- findIPByHwID iterates via app.DeviceSnapshot() instead of ranging
over the raw map.
- pkg/client (GetZone/SetZone) and pkg/models (ZoneInfo/ZoneRequest/
Member/NewZoneRequest/AddMember/RemoveMember/IsStandalone/
ToZoneRequest) API surface confirmed unchanged from app's base —
verbatim function calls.
Risk recap (per the earlier audit): this was flagged medium-risk
because of pkg/client zone-API drift. Verified clean — all symbols
exist with the expected signatures on current main. The #252 stereo-
pair work that landed on main was in cmd/soundtouch-cli/cmd_group.go
(parallel POST to LEFT and RIGHT), which doesn't intersect with the
single-master SetZone pattern these handlers use.
go build ./... clean. go test ./... clean (only pre-existing
TestDocsConsistency fails, untracked-file issue, unrelated).
golangci-lint run ./pkg/service/soundtouchweb/... ./cmd/soundtouch-web/...
0 issues.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Ports app's commit 3122c4e to the package layout. Two new handlers
and route registrations; the frontend was already shipped in the
Preact swap.
HandleDeviceRecents GET /api/device-recents/{id}
Returns the speaker's /recents list as APIResponse{Success,Data}.
Backs the Recents.js component (lazy-loaded list under the
device-detail view; hides itself when the device returns no
recents).
HandleDevicePlay POST /api/device-play/{id}
Generic content-item player. Decodes a {source,type,location,
sourceAccount,itemName,containerArt,isPresetable} JSON body into
a *models.ContentItem and runs Client.SelectContentItem. Used by
Recents.js to replay items the speaker reports, regardless of
source — TuneIn, Spotify, AUX, etc. Different from HandlePlayTuneIn
which is TuneIn-specific.
Translation note: app's bodies used app.Devices[id] directly; main's
registry is encapsulated behind GetDevice/AddDevice/TouchDevice (see
the post-base refactor that introduced registry_test.go), so this
commit uses app.GetDevice(id) instead. Same lookup, just through the
maintained API.
go build ./... clean. go test ./... clean (only pre-existing
TestDocsConsistency fails, untracked-file issue, unrelated).
golangci-lint run ./pkg/service/soundtouchweb/... 0 issues.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Replays app's commit-1 architectural restructure onto current main —
mechanical move only, behaviour preserved verbatim. main.go shrinks
from 333 to ~190 lines; the binary now orchestrates lifecycle and
flag handling, the package owns the WebApp's responsibilities.
Moves (no logic change vs the previous main.go bodies):
main.go addDevice → (*WebApp).AddDeviceByHost in discovery.go
main.go discoverDevices → (*WebApp).DiscoverDevices in discovery.go
main.go setupRoutes → (*WebApp).Mount(r, ds) in mount.go
inline serveIndex closure → (*WebApp).serveIndex in mount.go
New helper:
soundtouchweb.NewDiscoveryService(interfaceName) wraps
config.LoadFromEnv + cfg adjustments + NewUnifiedDiscoveryService.
Single source of truth for the web UI's discovery settings;
identical to the inline wiring main.go used to do.
main.go still owns (kept verbatim, post-base on main):
- --port / --bind / --interface / --devices flags
- resolveBindAddr (NIC-name → IP resolution for --bind)
- defaultDiscoveryInterface (--bind ↔ --interface defaulting)
- Startup goroutine sequence: broadcast start → preseed loop
(AddDeviceByHost for each --devices entry) → DiscoverDevices →
broadcast complete + device list
- http.ListenAndServe
Behaviour parity checklist:
- Routes registered: identical set (see Mount). /api/discover still
reuses the startup discoveryService instance, same as before.
- Preseeded --devices still added BEFORE the mDNS/UPnP sweep, so the
UI doesn't briefly show empty for hosts that come from --devices.
- Discovery interface still pinned via --interface (or inherited from
--bind), threaded through NewDiscoveryService.
- Static FS still served at /static/*, SPA fallback at / /devices
/device/* still hits the same index.html.
go build ./... clean. go test ./... clean (only pre-existing
TestDocsConsistency fails, untracked-file issue, unrelated).
golangci-lint run ./... 0 issues.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Brings forward the frontend rewrite from the `app` branch
(6723515 + later refinements) onto the relocated package layout.
The Go side untouched — main.go's orchestration, discovery, routes,
and handlers all remain. Only the static-asset layer changes.
Frontend (lives in pkg/service/soundtouchweb/static/):
- index.html (importmap-driven, ES modules, no build step)
- css/app.css (CSS-custom-property design system, dark by default)
- js/api.js (typed-ish fetch wrappers)
- js/app.js (Preact App shell: routing, toast, websocket reconnect)
- js/components/{DeviceList,NowPlaying,Controls,Presets,Sources,
Recents,Zone,TuneInBrowser}.js
- img/favicon.{ico,svg}
- lib/{preact,preact-hooks,htm}.module.js (vendored ES modules)
Backend wiring:
- New pkg/service/soundtouchweb/embed.go exports `StaticFS embed.FS`
via `//go:embed static`. main.go drops its own `//go:embed` and
consumes `soundtouchweb.StaticFS` instead, so the static tree
lives alongside the handlers it serves.
- cmd/soundtouch-web/static/{index.html,css/app.css,js/app.js} are
deleted; the old `cmd/soundtouch-web/static/` directory is empty
now and removed entirely.
Path rename vs. app branch:
- app's importmap pointed at `/static/vendor/preact*.js` and the
vendor files were never committed because `.gitignore:44 vendor/`
silently masked them. Renamed to `/static/lib/` to escape the
global rule and `git add`-ed the three modules.
Known regressions vs. main's vanilla UI (acceptable for this commit;
flag in review or follow-up if any matter):
- Per-card power toggle on the device list — Preact only exposes
power inside the device-detail view, not on the list card.
- WebSocket reconnect uses `location.reload()` after 5s; main had
exponential backoff. Functional, simpler, less elegant.
- Theme icon control absent (Preact UI is dark-only via CSS vars;
no light-mode toggle).
Features carried over and confirmed at the route-shape level:
device list / device detail / nowPlaying / volume+key+power controls
/ presets / sources / TuneIn search + browse + play / discovery /
toasts / WebSocket status updates.
go build ./... clean. go test ./... clean (only pre-existing
TestDocsConsistency fails). golangci-lint run ./... 0 issues.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Mechanical relocation only — zero semantic change. Sets up the package
layout that the future Preact-UI rewrite (branch `app`) wants, while
preserving every line of main's current logic. Subsequent commits will
land the additive parts (frontend rewrite, recents, zones, bass control)
on top of this clean base.
Moves (`git mv`, content unchanged except package decl):
cmd/soundtouch-web/handlers/handlers.go → pkg/service/soundtouchweb/handler.go
cmd/soundtouch-web/handlers/handlers_test.go → pkg/service/soundtouchweb/handler_test.go
cmd/soundtouch-web/handlers/websocket.go → pkg/service/soundtouchweb/websocket.go
cmd/soundtouch-web/handlers/registry_test.go → pkg/service/soundtouchweb/registry_test.go
cmd/soundtouch-web/webtypes/types.go → pkg/service/soundtouchweb/webtypes/types.go
cmd/soundtouch-web/webtypes/types_test.go → pkg/service/soundtouchweb/webtypes/types_test.go
cmd/soundtouch-web/webtypes/status_test.go → pkg/service/soundtouchweb/webtypes/status_test.go
cmd/soundtouch-web/static/img/tunein-{dark,mono}.svg → pkg/service/soundtouchweb/static/img/
Adjustments:
- `package handlers` → `package soundtouchweb` in the 4 moved handler-tier
files (plus their package-doc comments).
- Import paths rewritten in cmd/soundtouch-web/{main.go,spa_test.go} and
in the moved files themselves: cmd/soundtouch-web/{handlers,webtypes}
→ pkg/service/soundtouchweb/{,webtypes}.
- `handlers.` selector renamed to `soundtouchweb.` in the callers.
- `.golangci.yml` errcheck waiver extended from `cmd/.*\.go` to also
cover `pkg/service/soundtouchweb/.*\.go`. Same code that the
cmd-tier waiver applied to; same waiver follows it. Documented as
a carry-over with the intent to tighten in a follow-up review.
Not changed:
- `cmd/soundtouch-web/main.go` keeps the `//go:embed static` pointing at
the still-vanilla `cmd/soundtouch-web/static/`. The frontend rewrite
(Preact UI) lands in a later commit; this one is mechanical.
- `cmd/soundtouch-web/resolve_bind_addr_test.go` stays put — it tests
main.go-local flag plumbing.
go build ./... clean. go test ./... clean (only pre-existing
TestDocsConsistency fails, untracked-file issue, unrelated).
golangci-lint run ./... 0 issues.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
skip history.pushState when the hash already matches, so popstate -> selectMigrationDevice -> showSummary no longer pushes a duplicate entry that traps browser-Back in an oscillation between identical `#tab-migration?<id>` entries.
The Check documentation links job on PR #320 flagged a link in
README.md to eur-lex.europa.eu as dead because the EU legal-content
portal responds with HTTP 202 (Accepted) to HEAD requests. 202 is a
2xx success class — the server responded and the link is valid; it
just means "the request was accepted and is being processed".
Adding 202 alongside 200 / 206 in aliveStatusCodes fixes the false
positive broadly, not just for this one URL.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Three files carried 192.168.123.x as placeholder IPs in examples and
fixtures. RFC-1918 private space — same reader-confusion concern as
the broader 192.168.1.* sweep in 136d24a. Switched to 192.0.2.x
preserving the last octet so the reader-side intent ("CLI host arg
example", "test fixture URL") stays clear.
- docs/analysis/FACTORY-RESET-PROTOCOL.md — 14 CLI --host examples + 1 log-fragment
- docs/analysis/TELNET-COMMAND-REFERENCE.md — 1 docker-run env example
- pkg/service/marge/recents_sourceproviderid_regression_test.go
— 2 XML location URLs (matched-pair within file)
docs/analysis/BOSE-LAB-RUNBOOK.md keeps its 192.168.10/24 subnet
unchanged — that's the documented Pi-as-AP network for the runbook,
not a placeholder.
go test ./pkg/service/marge/... clean.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The earlier MAC sweep in 04f9c31 only matched the colon form
(A8:1B:6A:53:6A:98). MAC-ADDRESS-MAPPING.md documents the
normalisation behaviour with separator variants, so it also carried
the dash form (A8-1B-6A-53-6A-98) — 2 hits both replaced with the
canonical AA-BB-CC-DD-EE-FF placeholder.
Surfaced by the post-cleanup re-scan.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Surfaced via the rfc-5737-cleanup sweep: after the anonymisation pass
updated test-suite assertions to RFC-5737 IPs, the next
`make test-http-client` run failed against the stale local
tests/integration/testdata/ left over from a previous build (which
still carried the old 192.168.1.x state via the compose volume).
Two changes, in one commit so the doc references the target it
documents:
1. Makefile: new `test-http-client-rotate` target that renames any
existing tests/integration/testdata/ to
tests/integration/testdata_<timestamp>/. Non-destructive (mv, not
rm), opt-in (no other target invokes it). Archives stay around
for retrospective debugging — that directory is debug evidence,
not disposable scratch.
2. CLAUDE.md: new "Integration tests" section under Build/test/run.
Explains the docker-compose stack, the testdata mount, the
per-machine-only nature (via tests/.gitignore), and the
rotate-then-run pattern when fixtures or schemas have changed.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
convert_mitm_script.py was the last tracked file carrying a real Bose
account ID (9569497) and the maintainer's test-speaker MAC
(A81B6A536A98), hardcoded as the values to redact from MITM captures.
Replaced with mitmproxy `--set` options (`account_id`, `device_id`),
defaulting to empty strings (no-op) so the tracked source no longer
contains either real value. Callers configure their own at runtime:
mitmdump -s convert_mitm_script.py \
--set out_dir=_/mitm \
--set account_id=1234567 \
--set device_id=AABBCCDDEEFF
Added a module docstring documenting the flags so the usage isn't
folded only into the loader help text.
After this commit, the tree is clean for every personal-data pattern
the audit at _/RFC-5737-cleanup/assessment.md identified. The only
remaining 192.168.1.x references live in
docs/analysis/ANONYMIZATION-SUMMARY.md as intentional doc-context
discussion of why we moved off that range.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Completes the docs-tier RFC-5737 rollout by sweeping the remaining
192.168.1.x references that lived outside .md / .txt / test files:
- .env.example — active PREFERRED_DEVICES default + examples
- .github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/*.yml + workflows — issue template + CI examples
- cmd/websocket-demo/main.go, doc.go — top-level docs
- examples/*/main.go (7 files) — example program comments
- pkg/client/client.go — godoc examples
- pkg/models/doc.go — package godoc
- pkg/service/{amazon,spotify,zeroconf}/zeroconf.go — godoc comments
- pkg/service/handlers/web/index.html — placeholder text in the UI
- scripts/prepare-release.sh — example invocations
- scripts/spotify/spotify-prime-speaker.sh — usage comment
- tests/integration/http-client/http-client.env.json — fixture IPs
Same mapping as the docs commit (136d24a): 192.168.1.X → 192.0.2.X
preserving the last octet.
One semantic carve-out: the three zeroconf `zcBaseURL` godoc comments
in pkg/service/{amazon,spotify,zeroconf}/zeroconf.go switched to
192.168.10.10 instead of the doc range, because validateZcBaseURL
only accepts RFC-1918 / loopback / link-local. The comment must show
a value the validator actually accepts — see the matching test fix
in 92f66a2 for the same reason.
go build ./... clean. go test ./... clean except the pre-existing
TestDocsConsistency (untracked DEVICE-LOCAL-INSTALL.md, unrelated).
golangci-lint run ./... — 0 issues after a gofmt fix on
examples/zone-slave-operations/main.go.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Mirrors the .md/.txt sweep across all tracked _test.go, testdata XML,
and .http integration files. Test files are self-contained (producer
+ assertion in the same file), so the matched-pair swap stays green
under `go test ./...`.
Mapping applied:
192.168.178.[0-9]+ → 192.0.2.[same]
192.168.1.[0-9]+ → 192.0.2.[same]
Sound Machinechen → Living Room SoundTouch
A Sound Machine → Kitchen SoundTouch
A81B6A536A98 + case/separator variants → AABBCCDDEEFF (etc.)
A81B6A849D99 → AABBCCDDEE01
A81B6A849D88 → AABBCCDDEE03
A81B6A536A09 → AABBCCDDEE04
884AEAEEBD27 → AABBCCDDEE02
3230304 → 1000001
9569497 → 1000002
Two semantic fixes alongside the bulk swap:
- pkg/service/zeroconf/zeroconf_test.go: the "private 192" and
"strips query" cases pin acceptance of RFC-1918 192.168/16. They
must use a real 192.168 value; doc-range IPs would (correctly) be
rejected by validateZcBaseURL. Switched to 192.168.10.10 — generic
enough not to match any home LAN default, real enough for the
validator. Added a comment explaining why this single test still
carries a 192.168 literal.
- pkg/service/setup/setup_test.go: TestTestDNSRedirection mocks the
device's `od -An -tu1` byte output, which is space-separated
octets ("192 168 1 100"). My sed only matched the dot-separated
form, so the mock was returning the old IP while the test
assertions had moved to the doc range. Updated to " 192 0 2 100".
go build ./... clean. go test ./... clean (only TestDocsConsistency
remains failing, which is a pre-existing/untracked-file issue).
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Five `192.168.1.x` references in Makefile usage-error messages and
the `make help` example block. Same hygiene argument as the docs
sweep in 136d24a — replaced with `192.0.2.x` so the example output
clearly reads as a placeholder, not a real LAN.
Behaviour unchanged: these are echo-only strings printed when the
user forgets to set HOST=… or asks for `make help`. The
HOST=<your-IP> contract is unaffected.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Phase 4 of the docs portion of the rfc-5737-cleanup. Replaces all
192.168.1.x example IPs in tracked .md / .txt files with the
equivalent last-octet under 192.0.2.x.
192.168.1.x is RFC-1918 private space and routes on real networks,
which leaves readers guessing whether a documented IP is a placeholder
or a documented LAN. 192.0.2.0/24 is reserved by RFC 5737 exclusively
for documentation — readers know on sight that they're examples.
58 files touched, 551 line pairs. Includes .github issue/PR templates,
all docs/ references, example READMEs, and one script doc. No code
changes, no test changes; test files still carry the 192.168.1.x
placeholder pending Phase 2 in _/RFC-5737-cleanup/assessment.md.
Also fixed a small fallout in docs/analysis/ANONYMIZATION-SUMMARY.md
where the explanatory sentence "a reader can't tell whether
192.168.1.10 is a placeholder or a documented LAN address" had
itself been swept by the regex (inverting the point); restored the
literal example and noted the sweep progress inline.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The old file documented a single anonymisation pass and embedded the
exact historical mappings (real LAN IPs, real MACs, real account IDs
on the "Original" side of each row). Those values are sensitive even
when presented as "what we replaced" — and they're already in git
history, so reprinting them in tracked content adds nothing.
Replaced with a concise reference that:
- lists the canonical placeholders to USE in new examples and tests
(RFC-5737 IPs, AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF MACs, generic device names,
1000001/1000002 account IDs)
- explains why RFC-5737 instead of 192.168.1.x
- gives detection regexes that catch *any* non-placeholder value,
rather than naming the specific leaked values
180 → 65 lines net, and the file no longer contains any of the
sensitive strings it used to track.
Completes the .md / .txt portion of the rfc-5737-cleanup branch.
Test files (.go / .xml / .http) + the convert_mitm_script.py and
the broader 192.168.1.* sweep remain — separate scope per
_/RFC-5737-cleanup/assessment.md.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Two real Bose customer account IDs were embedded in documentation
examples: 3230304 (16 files repo-wide, 5 of them .md/.txt) and
9569497 (2 files, 1 .md). Account IDs look numeric and innocuous but
they're tied to a specific Bose customer — same exposure class as
MACs and home-LAN IPs.
Mapping:
3230304 → 1000001
9569497 → 1000002
6 .md files touched in this commit. Remaining occurrences live in
test files and one Python script (scripts/convert_mitm_script.py) —
those are out-of-scope for the docs sweep and will be handled in a
dedicated test-fixtures commit.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The maintainer's two test-speaker MACs (A81B6A536A98 / A81B6A849D99,
plus colon-separated forms) appeared throughout documentation, runbooks,
and example READMEs. Public repo — same hygiene argument as the LAN-IP
sweep in 787c4fa.
Mapping:
A81B6A536A98 → AABBCCDDEEFF
A81B6A849D99 → AABBCCDDEE01
A8:1B:6A:53:6A:98 → AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF
A8:1B:6A:84:9D:99 → AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:01
The placeholders use the IANA-reserved AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF address that's
clearly synthetic, matching the convention the earlier anonymisation
pass had already adopted. 13 .md files touched; no tests, no code.
ANONYMIZATION-SUMMARY.md left for a dedicated rewrite commit.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Public-repo hygiene: docs and READMEs carried the maintainer's home
LAN range (192.168.178.x) and personal speaker names ("Sound
Machinechen", "A Sound Machine"). Swapped to RFC-5737 documentation
IPs (192.0.2.x — reserved for examples, won't collide with anyone's
real network) and generic names ("Living Room SoundTouch",
"Kitchen SoundTouch").
12 files touched, all .md / .txt documentation. No code or tests
changed in this commit; subsequent commits will address the
docs/analysis/ANONYMIZATION-SUMMARY.md mapping log and the wider
real-MAC/real-account-ID footprint surfaced by the audit at
_/RFC-5737-cleanup/assessment.md.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The .env.example carried real device names ("Sound Machinechen", "A
Sound Machine") and the maintainer's home-LAN IPs (192.168.178.x).
This repo is public — see CLAUDE.md "What never goes into this repo".
Swapped in:
- generic device names ("Living Room SoundTouch", "Kitchen SoundTouch")
- RFC-5737 documentation IPs (192.0.2.10 / 192.0.2.11), which are
reserved exclusively for examples and won't collide with anyone's
real network
The default active line (PREFERRED_DEVICES=…192.168.1.100…) is left
alone for now — that's a different cleanup decision (broader sweep
of 192.168.1.* still pending; see _/RFC-5737-cleanup/assessment.md).
First step on rfc-5737-cleanup. Remaining Phase 1 docs follow in
separate commits.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
After the proxy/mirror removal there is no proxy left in the service,
but the parallel partial-update endpoint /setup/proxy-settings stuck
around with its legacy name. It serves a legitimate purpose distinct
from the bulk /setup/settings POST: the three checkboxes
(Redact / Log Bodies / Record) use onchange-triggered live save,
while /setup/settings drives a Save-button form for dozens of fields.
Folding the two endpoints together would either lose the live-toggle
UX or send half-edited draft form data on every toggle, so the
partial-update endpoint earns its keep — it just needed the right
name.
Renamed symbols (no behaviour change):
Go handler funcs:
HandleGetProxySettings → HandleGetLoggingSettings
HandleUpdateProxySettings → HandleUpdateLoggingSettings
GetProxySettings → GetLoggingSettings
Route:
/setup/proxy-settings → /setup/logging-settings
JS:
fetchProxySettings() → fetchLoggingSettings()
updateProxySettings() → updateLoggingSettings()
HTML element IDs (cosmetic, kept consistent):
proxy-redact / proxy-log-body / proxy-record
→ logging-redact / logging-log-body / logging-record
HTML heading:
"Proxy Logging:" → "Logging:"
JSON payload shapes (request + response keys) are UNCHANGED: the
endpoint still emits / accepts {"redact", "log_body", "record"}.
Persisted Settings on disk are UNCHANGED. CLI flags are UNCHANGED.
Server struct fields redactLogs / logBodies / recordEnabled
(renamed earlier this session) are UNCHANGED.
testdata/router_routes.txt regenerated. go build clean. go test
./... clean except pre-existing TestDocsConsistency (untracked-file
issue, unrelated). golangci-lint 0 issues.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
After the proxy/mirror removal, two internal Server fields kept their
historical "proxy" prefix even though no proxy code exists anymore:
- s.proxyRedact still controls recorder.Redact for sensitive-header
scrubbing (server.go:393)
- s.proxyLogBody still controls the [UNHANDLED] body preview in the
catch-all (handlers_catchall.go:14)
Both names misled — they read as proxy-related. Renamed to match the
public-facing names that have been used all along: the CLI flags are
--redact-logs / --log-bodies, the persisted Settings fields are
RedactLogs / LogBodies, and the JSON keys are redact_logs / log_bodies.
proxyRedact → redactLogs
proxyLogBody → logBodies
Also renamed the file that now contains only HandleNotFound:
pkg/service/handlers/handlers_proxy.go → handlers_catchall.go
pkg/service/handlers/handlers_proxy_test.go → handlers_catchall_test.go
git mv preserves history. NewServer's positional parameter list is
unchanged at the call site (cmd/soundtouch-service/main.go:391).
go build ./... clean. go test ./... clean except the pre-existing
TestDocsConsistency (unrelated). golangci-lint run ./... 0 issues.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The jsdiff library at pkg/service/handlers/web/js/diff.min.js (29 KB)
was loaded by the management UI to render rich diffs on the parity-
mismatch detail view. The previous two commits removed both the tab
and the JS consumer; the asset, its <script> tag, and the served-
asset test stanza were left behind.
Removes:
- pkg/service/handlers/web/js/diff.min.js (the asset itself)
- web/index.html: <script src="/web/js/diff.min.js"></script>
- handlers_media_test.go: the // 3. Test diff.min.js stanza in
TestStaticWeb, and renumbers the trailing "// 4. Test Favicon"
comment to "// 3."
No remaining Diff./jsdiff/diffChars/diffLines references in any
tracked JS or HTML. go build + TestStaticMedia + TestStaticWeb stay
green. The //go:embed pattern in handlers_media.go is web/js/*
(wildcard), so the embed bundle regenerates without the asset on
the next build with no directive edit needed.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Communication principles + project conventions now live in CLAUDE.md
(committed in 4c3fedd). The .junie/ dir becomes per-machine tool
config — matches how .claude/ is handled. Any .junie/guidelines.md
present locally should just point at CLAUDE.md.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Two reasons:
1. Survives a laptop switch. The principles previously lived only in
.junie/guidelines.md; that file is per-machine tool config.
Centralising in CLAUDE.md (which IS tracked) means the rules
travel with the repo instead of with the workstation.
2. Single source of truth. Other AI assistants pointed at this repo
should defer to CLAUDE.md, not maintain their own copies that drift.
The .junie/ dir becomes a per-machine breadcrumb that points back at
CLAUDE.md, and is .gitignore'd in a separate commit.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Brings the file into version control so it survives a laptop switch.
Aim: a self-contained briefing that doesn't rely on per-machine
auto-memory or local scratch files.
Notable content:
- "How a new session should start" — concrete read order
- "Load-bearing gotchas" — the ETag header literal must stay
capitalised; rewriting to Go's canonical "Etag" breaks real speakers
(encoded in handlers_etag_test.go as caseSensitiveETag/normalizedEtag)
- "What never goes into this repo" — explicit list of data classes
that must never be committed (real IPs, MACs, account IDs, Bose
binaries, captures), since the repo is public
- Pre-push quality gate codified: golangci-lint clean before git push
- Trademark disclaimer for "SoundTouch" / "Bose"
Drops the stale ".impeccable.md" reference (no such file in the tree)
and trims the destructive-ops safety prose to the rules that actually
apply during a session.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Extract a buildVersionInfo helper from HandleHealth so both endpoints
emit identical version + VCS metadata. JSON callers hitting / now get
the same release context they get from /health; under go run/test
where debug.ReadBuildInfo lacks VCS settings, version falls back to
"0.0.1" and the vcs_* keys are omitted (instead of empty strings).
The HTML branch of / is unchanged — the embedded index.html keeps its
own version-display story.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
settings.local.json carries per-user permission overrides; report.html
is a session-local artifact. Both belong outside version control,
matching how .vscode/ and .idea/ are already handled.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Both files are session-local pickup-here / archive notes that have
always lived untracked in the working tree; codify the intent so they
don't keep cluttering git status.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Add a `soundtouch-cli source tunein` subcommand that takes a TuneIn
guide ID and routes it through the right SelectContentItem shape —
`--station`, `--episode`, `--program`, or `--id` with prefix
auto-detect. The flag picks the ContentItem Type (`stationurl` for
stations/episodes, `tracklisturl` for programs) and the location
template, then enriches the now-playing metadata from TuneIn's describe
endpoint unless `--no-lookup` is set.
Program IDs (`p<N>`) are containers, not streams. The legacy OPML
`Tune.ashx?id=p<N>` returns `#STATUS: 400`, which pre-filter went out
to the speaker verbatim. Fix in three layers:
1. `parseTuneInStreamBody` filters `#`-prefixed comment lines out of
Tune.ashx responses and errors when nothing playable remains, so
a broken TuneIn reply surfaces as a real 500 instead of corrupting
the playback response.
2. `TuneInPlaybackPodcast` expands `p<N>` to its newest episode via
`api.radiotime.com/profiles/{id}/contents` (same JSON shape as
api.tunein.com; uses the radiotime mirror so all program traffic
stays on the host already in `allowedTuneInHosts`).
3. `tuneInSearchProfile` (Program search items) and
`TuneInNavigateProfile` (program detail hero) now emit
`BmxPlayback` links, so soundtouch-web renders play buttons on
program cards and on the profile hero — clicking either plays the
latest episode via the same backend expansion.
Tests pin the parser contracts (`#STATUS: 400` filter, program-contents
episode pick) and the navigate Program-only playback emission. CLI
resolver has table-driven coverage for kind selection, prefix
auto-detect, and conflicting-flag errors.
Endpoint contract + raw probe responses captured under
`_/i226/tunein-api-findings.md` and `_/i226/tunein-probe/` for future
reference.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Two of the eight CodeQL alerts on PR #313 had clean, low-cost fixes:
- go/clear-text-logging (#141, #142): the SiriusXM stub logged the
raw Authorization header value at INFO. The header carries a
long-lived bearer token (margeAuthToken) — capturing service logs
would yield replayable credentials. Switch to logging only the
boolean presence (`authPresent=%t`).
- go/bad-redirect-check (#138): the Stockholm handler's bare-path
redirect uses cfg.BasePath verbatim. basePath is operator-provided
(CLI flag / STOCKHOLM_BASE_PATH env), not request input — but a
value like "//evil.com" would still produce a scheme-relative
redirect to an external host. Reject any leading-double-slash or
embedded backslash at construction time so the redirect target
can only ever be an absolute local path.
The remaining CodeQL alerts are out of scope here:
- go/request-forgery on proxy.go (#139, #140): the /api/http-proxy
endpoint takes a user-provided url= parameter and fetches it by
design — that's the whole point of the proxy. Mitigations
already in place: isProxyLoop rejects self-references; the proxy
is only reachable under a LAN trust model.
- go/path-injection on static.go (#143, #144, #145): the
path-traversal guard in resolveStaticFile (string-prefix check
on absolute paths) is sound, but CodeQL doesn't trace it across
the function boundary. A clearer refactor to filepath.Rel might
silence the alert; deferred.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Mirrors the auth-gate relaxation in a213b68. The first request in
tunein_playback_station.http (no Authorization header) previously
asserted 401 + the "Unauthorized" body markup; the gate now logs
instead of 401, so the request returns 200 with the same audio
payload the second (authorized) request gets.
Comment above the request points back to handlers_bmx.go so a future
contributor restoring the gate sees what to flip back. The
test-http-client target is what catches drift here — without this
update, CI's http-client step would fail on the first assertion.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The new HandleSiriusXMLiveAdapter and HandleSiriusXMLiveAdapterSubpath
routes were registered via r.HandleFunc (every HTTP method) at the top
level in main.go. The router-shape golden file gets one entry per
(method, path) pair, so SiriusXM adds 14 lines across CONNECT / DELETE
/ GET / HEAD / OPTIONS / PATCH / POST / PUT / TRACE.
Pure regeneration — no behaviour change.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The Stockholm bridge persists its native-bridge state into
`data/backend/state/native-state.json` (per pkg/service/stockholm/handler.go,
which mkdir-p's `<workspaceRoot>/backend/state/`). The directory accumulates
per-session state — auth tokens, guids, device caches — that's not
meant to be tracked alongside the source.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
bmx_services.json advertises SIRIUSXM_EVEREST at
`{BMX_SERVER}/core02/svc-bmx-adapter-siriusxm-everest-eco1/prod/live-adapter`
and bmx_services_availability.json lists it as available, so speakers
that try SiriusXM hit that path. Without a route we 404'd silently
and the call was invisible in our logs.
- HandleSiriusXMLiveAdapter at the bare base URL returns the
SIRIUSXM_EVEREST service descriptor (selected by id.name from
bmx_services.json, with {BMX_SERVER}/{MEDIA_SERVER} substitution).
Mirrors deborahgu/soundcork main.py:805 in shape.
- HandleSiriusXMLiveAdapterSubpath catches every sub-path advertised
by the descriptor's _links (/availability, /token, /navigate,
/logout) plus the playback URLs the speaker discovers via navigate.
Logs the request with method+path+UA+Authorization+RawQuery, then
404s — giving the next implementation pass concrete data about
what the speaker actually asks for.
Two helpers added to handlers_bmx.go (shared with any future
BMX-segment stub):
- extractBMXService(json, name) — find a service entry by id.name.
- (*Server).applyBMXTemplate(content) — {BMX_SERVER}/{MEDIA_SERVER}
substitution, identical to what HandleBMXRegistry does inline.
Routes registered next to Orion at the top level — same convention
(no /bmx/ prefix) because bmx_services.json advertises baseUrl without
that prefix and speakers reach the path verbatim under either
migration mode.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Seven BMX adapter handlers required a non-empty `Authorization` header
and returned 401 from writeBMXUnauthorized when missing:
TuneIn: Playback, PodcastInfo, PlaybackPodcast, Report, Navigate, Search
Orion: Playback
Speakers calling these endpoints directly carry their margeAuthToken in
the header, so the gate works for them. But the Stockholm browser
proxy (pkg/service/stockholm/proxy.go injectBackendHeaders) only injects
Authorization for hosts ending in .bose.com or .apigee.net with a marge
path — when Stockholm calls back into our own service for TuneIn
browsing/playback/search/etc., no header is added and every request
401s.
Disable the gate at all seven sites; log the missing-header case so the
absence remains visible. Keep writeBMXUnauthorized as the future-restore
point (//nolint:unused) — when the gate comes back (e.g. behind a
BMX_STRICT_AUTH env-var or once the Stockholm proxy learns to inject
Authorization for our own host), callers will use this helper again.
Tests that assert 401 for missing Authorization (TestBMXUnauthorized,
TestHandleTuneInReport/Unauthorized, TestHandleTuneInNavigate/Unauthorized,
TestHandleTuneInSearch/Unauthorized) are `t.Skip`'d with a pointer back
to handlers_bmx_tunein.go — they stay in the file to come back to life
the day the gate does.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
handlers_bmx.go had grown to ~426 lines covering registry + availability +
shared helpers + TuneIn (9 handlers) + Orion (2 handlers) + our own
custom-playback adapter. The test files were already split per service
(handlers_bmx_test.go, handlers_bmx_tunein_test.go,
handlers_bmx_report_test.go) — the production code now matches that
shape.
Pure move, no logic change:
- handlers_bmx.go → BMX registry + availability + shared
helpers (writeBMXUnauthorized,
bmxServicesJSON file-level vars)
- handlers_bmx_tunein.go → all TuneIn handlers (Playback,
PodcastInfo, PlaybackPodcast, Token,
Report, Navigate, Search, Favorite,
DeleteFavorite) plus tuneInStreamFormats
helper and parseTuneInNavigatePath
- handlers_bmx_orion.go → Orion (LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO) Token +
Playback
- handlers_bmx_custom.go → our own /custom/v1/playback adapter
(not a Bose-official BMX service —
kept distinct from Orion for clarity)
Imports are tightened per file. No public API change; tests pass the
same as before this commit.
A future iteration may extract a common BMX-service interface once 3-4
services are fully implemented. Until then, file-per-service is the
shape — see memory project_bmx_service_interface.md.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The /favicon.ico route was redirecting r.URL.Path to
"/media/favicon-braille.svg" and calling HandleMedia. HandleMedia
strips "/media" and serves from the embedded static/media/ subtree —
which does not contain a favicon. The actual asset lives under the
embedded web/img/ subtree (see the `web/img/favicon-braille*` embed
directive in handlers_media.go).
Repoint to "/web/img/favicon-braille.svg" + HandleWeb. http.FileServer
inside HandleWeb finds the file at its native embed path and serves
it with the right Content-Type.
Pre-existing bug exposed by Stockholm because that frontend triggers
a /favicon.ico request from every loaded page; without this fix the
browser fills the console with a 404 on every Stockholm view.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Two patching gaps caused every Stockholm HTTP-proxy call from a
/stockholm/* page to hit /api/http-proxy (404) instead of the
basePath-prefixed /stockholm/api/http-proxy:
1. The proxy URL constant in browser_http_proxy.js is declared as
`var PROXY_PATH` (uppercase). Our patch script only knew about the
lowercase `var proxyPath` form used in app_comm.js, so it never
matched the upstream file.
2. Even if the constant had matched, browser_http_proxy.js's IIFE
evaluates the URL at script-load time — but the injected bootstrap
that defines window.__stockholmBase is placed just before </head>,
i.e. after the <script src=…> tags. The captured value would
always fall back to the unprefixed "/api/http-proxy".
3. The Makefile never passed browser_http_proxy.js to the patch script
at all.
Fix:
- Add an uppercase `PROXY_PATH` replacement entry in
patch-stockholm-bridge.py (keeps the lowercase one for
app_comm.js).
- Add a second replacement that rewrites the **use site** in
browser_http_proxy.js to inline `(window.__stockholmBase||"") +
"/api/http-proxy?url=" + ...`. Reading __stockholmBase at
call-time bypasses the load-order trap; the patched
`var PROXY_PATH = …` declaration above becomes dead code but
stays harmless.
- Pass `$(STOCKHOLM_DIR)/js/browser_http_proxy.js` to the patch
script in the prepare-stockholm target so it actually gets
rewritten.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The "Enabling the Stockholm UI" section listed the binary/env-var/Docker
forms but not the new dev-service-stockholm make target — which is the
shortest path through the local roundtrip and the one most contributors
will want.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Compresses the local roundtrip to a single command:
make build-stockholm-image # one-time
make prepare-stockholm # once per zip update
make dev-service-stockholm # iterative loop
The target only checks that prepare-stockholm has produced
stockholm/index.html (a fast file stat) — it deliberately does NOT
re-run the Docker preparation step on every launch, since that takes
tens of seconds and produces identical output most of the time. Fails
loudly with a hint if Stockholm isn't prepared.
Listed in `make help` under the existing dev-* group. Not added to
.PHONY because the surrounding dev-service / dev-service-proxy targets
aren't either — matching local convention rather than gold-plating.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Two user-facing additions modelled on the streborn project's README:
- **Disclaimer section in README.** Stronger Bose-trademark clause,
explicit "not affiliated, endorsed, sponsored, or connected"
statement, and the EU 2009/24/EC Art. 6 interoperability clause
with a stable EUR-Lex hyperlink. Adds a Stockholm-specific
sentence: users supply the Stockholm web-app sources themselves,
no Bose code is redistributed in this repo.
- **Ways to Contribute / Support the project in README and
CONTRIBUTING.** Itemises the contribution categories users
actually have (code, docs, bug reports, donations) and adds the
GitHub Sponsors badge for gesellix. Sponsorship is explicitly
optional and licensing-neutral.
The thin "Not affiliated" line at the top of the README now points at
the full Disclaimer section rather than carrying the whole statement.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The port guide was written when only v1 and v2 existed; today the
upstream krahl/soundcork-stockholm-app ships v1..v4. The Go code path
already scans dynamically (no hardcoded version list), so future
versions get picked up without code changes — only the documentation
was stale.
Update three spots:
- The patch-application section now notes the dynamic scan and lists
the four current versions with one-line summaries.
- The shell instructions for a plain-process install use a for-loop
over stockholm-changes_v*.patch instead of hardcoding v1 and v2.
- The "Patches summary" appendix gains v3 (now_play.js guard) and
v4 (app_comm.js clientId polish).
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The Stockholm "kilo" constant (a7928d7b43dcd49f0af31e5aeed26458) was
duplicated as a string literal in bridge.go and state.go. To a future
reader the hex blob can read like a leaked secret, which it is not —
it's a published default carried over from the upstream
krahl/soundcork-stockholm-app project (BackendApplication.java). The
Stockholm JS expects exactly this value via getConstant("kilo") when
nothing else has stored a different one.
Promote to a named const in util.go with the explanation, and reference
it from both call sites. Tests keep the literal so they continue to
catch any accidental change to the wire value.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
setupRouter gained a *stockholm.Handler parameter on this branch, but
the test left over from the previous signature still called it with
one argument, breaking `go vet ./...`. Pass nil — Stockholm is opt-in
and not exercised in this test.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Implements pkg/service/stockholm with bridge (appSend/runQueue), HTTP
proxy, static serving, config URL rewriting, native state persistence,
and device discovery. Mounts under a configurable base path (/stockholm
by default) with correct http.StripPrefix routing and apiBase-prefixed
bridge API routes matching the patched JS window.__stockholmBase calls.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Dockerfile.stockholm clones github.com/krahl/soundcork-stockholm-app at build
time and installs the required tools (prettier, patch, unzip, jq). No pre-built
image is published upstream, so users must run `make build-stockholm-image` once
before `make prepare-stockholm`.
`make prepare-stockholm` runs the upstream entrypoint logic (extract zip,
run prettier, apply patches) via a volume-mounted docker run, stopping before
`exec java` so we only collect the processed stockholm/ output. The Go service
then serves that directory directly with no patching required at runtime.
Prerequisites: Docker with internet access, and stockholm_zip/stockholm.zip
(Stockholm source zip placed manually — tracked directory, zip gitignored).
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
The ST10's /presets response after a factory reset emits self-closing
<preset/> entries with no ContentItem child. cmd/soundtouch-cli's
getPresets() handled the missing ContentItem in GetDisplayName() but
then dereferenced preset.ContentItem.Source on the next line, panicking
with "invalid memory address or nil pointer dereference" the moment the
loop reached the first empty entry.
A second placeholder shape was observed on healthy devices that were
never reset: <preset id="0"><ContentItem source="INVALID_SOURCE"
isPresetable="true"/></preset>. ContentItem is non-nil here, so the
previous "ContentItem != nil" guard at other call sites still let
these placeholders through into listings and into the AfterTouch
datastore.
Fix shape:
pkg/models/presets.go - extend Preset.IsEmpty() to recognise both
shapes (ContentItem == nil, OR Source == "" / "INVALID_SOURCE").
HasPresets, GetEmptyPresetSlots and GetUsedPresetSlots become honest
about which slots actually carry playable content.
cmd/soundtouch-cli/cmd_info.go (the crash site) - filter the slice
via IsEmpty before the print loop, and switch the still-printed
fields to the existing nil-safe Get* helpers.
pkg/service/setup/setup.go - upgrade syncPresets's "ContentItem ==
nil" continue-guard to IsEmpty so Shape B placeholders don't get
persisted in the AfterTouch datastore and then surface as junk
rows in the admin web UI.
cmd/soundtouch-cli/cmd_events.go, cmd/websocket-demo/main.go - same
nil-guard upgrade. These already nil-checked so were crash-safe;
the change is for consistency and to stop printing
"Preset 0: (INVALID_SOURCE)" demo lines.
examples/preset-management/main.go - had the same latent crash as
cmd_info.go; same fix shape.
Regression tests in pkg/models/presets_test.go cover both shapes using
the exact XML observed in the wild: the reporter's three <preset/>
placeholders plus the three INVALID_SOURCE entries from a live device.
The reporter XML test walks every preset through the same accessor
path the CLI used and asserts no panic.
The soundtouch-web Go code does not deref preset.ContentItem.X
anywhere - presets flow through as JSON - so no separate crash trap
exists there. The web frontend will pick up the cleaner data once
syncPresets stops persisting placeholders.
Closes#308
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Status was a value-typed DeviceStatus field on DeviceConnection,
written from the periodic poller (UpdateDeviceStatus) and from four
WebSocket event handlers (OnNowPlaying, OnVolumeUpdated,
OnConnectionState, OnPresetUpdated) while being read from every HTTP
handler and the WebSocket broadcaster. The struct was 8+ words wide
with time.Time and string members, so concurrent readers could
observe torn fields or mixed-update snapshots. The map-level race was
fixed in the previous commit; this one closes the per-connection
struct race.
Hide the field behind atomic.Pointer[DeviceStatus]:
Status() // returns current snapshot
SetStatus(*DeviceStatus) // wholesale replace
UpdateStatus(func(*DeviceStatus)) // CAS retry loop
NewDeviceConnection constructs a connection with the atomic pointer
pre-initialised, so Status() never returns nil for callers that go
through the constructor (the old struct-literal pattern is no longer
possible because the status field is now private).
UpdateDeviceStatus runs network fetches into local vars first, then
batches them into a single UpdateStatus call so the CAS loop only
retries the merge — not the slow IO. WebSocket event handlers and
the connect/disconnect transitions each use UpdateStatus, so any
ordering of poller + event delivery converges to a consistent
status.
The UpdateStatus docstring is explicit about the shallow-copy
contract: nested pointer fields (NowPlaying, Volume, Bass, Presets,
Sources) MUST be replaced, not mutated through, because the copy
mut receives shares those pointers with the prior snapshot. All
production callers already follow this pattern (every value comes
fresh from the device API).
Tests:
- types_test.go: migrated literal struct to NewDeviceConnection +
SetStatus, switched reads to Status().
- status_test.go (new): six tests covering constructor init,
SetStatus replacement semantics, UpdateStatus mutator
application, field preservation across UpdateStatus, snapshot
isolation (old snapshot stable under later writes), and a
concurrent stress test (16 writers + 32 readers x 200 ops) that
runs under -race.
- handlers_test.go, registry_test.go, spa_test.go: migrated to
constructor.
Not addressed by this commit:
- DeviceConnection.WebSocket (set once in ConnectDeviceWebSocket,
read elsewhere). Word-sized pointer, atomic at the hardware
level on amd64/arm64; race detector may still flag.
- DeviceConnection.LastSeen (written under devicesMu by the
registry, read outside that lock via DeviceSnapshot consumers).
time.Time is non-atomic but the read is cosmetic.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The Devices map on WebApp was written from the startup goroutine, the
/api/discover POST handler, and addDevice, while being read from every
HTTP handler and the WebSocket periodic-update loop — all without any
mutex. The Go runtime panics with "fatal error: concurrent map writes"
or "concurrent map read and map write" on any actual collision, so this
was a latent crash, not a tearing issue.
Hide the map behind a sync.RWMutex and a small API:
GetDevice(id) (*DeviceConnection, bool)
DeviceSnapshot() []DeviceEntry
DeviceCount() int
AddDevice(id, conn) bool // atomic insert-or-touch
TouchDevice(id) bool // fast-path LastSeen bump
Update every caller — handlers, websocket, main, tests — to go through
the API. addDevice's existing-host fast path uses TouchDevice; the
final insert uses AddDevice so a race with another writer is rejected
cleanly instead of silently overwriting.
Add a TestRegistryConcurrent stress test that runs 64 goroutines doing
12,800 operations across writers, touchers, and two reader patterns.
It exists to give `-race` (already on in CI) a concrete shape to catch
if the encapsulation ever leaks back out.
Struct-field races on conn.Status.* are not addressed by this change;
they need their own follow-up.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
`addManualDevice` and the per-device branch of `discoverDevices` were
~40 lines of near-identical client setup, info fetch, connection
build, and map write — differing only in log wording. Extract a
shared `addDevice(app, host, port, source)` helper used by both
paths.
Side effects of consolidating:
- Duplicate-host guard (LastSeen bump) now applies to both paths, so
passing `--devices 1.2.3.4` twice is idempotent and matches how
discovery treats repeat sightings.
- Map write happens before the UpdateDeviceStatus goroutine launch,
so a concurrent GET /api/devices sees the device with
`IsConnected: false` instead of racing the status update.
- Log wording is consistent: "Failed to fetch device info from <host>
(<source>): <err>" and "Added <source> device <name> (<type>) at
<host>:<port>".
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Add three new entries to docs/guides/TROUBLESHOOTING.md so the next
reporter who hits these symptoms finds the answer without needing the
issue thread.
- "Every cloud source shows status=UNAVAILABLE / can't stream anything"
(Connection Issues). Three-step diagnostic checklist: :443
reachability preflight, margeAccountUUID check, filtered
`logread -f`. Distilled from the diagnostic ping on #224 plus
Thatboioofy's resolution (missing margeAccountUUID was the cause).
Sidebar clarifies that the firmware-internal placeholder sources
(SpotifyConnectUserName, SpotifyAlexaUserName, UPnPUserName,
StoredMusicUserName, QPlay{1,2}UserName, AirPlay2DefaultUserName)
are speaker-synthesized and their UNAVAILABLE status is never an
AfterTouch problem on its own.
- New section "Music Service & Preset Issues" with "Spotify preset
fails with 'Current content cannot be saved as preset'". Explains
the firmware-side isPresetable="false" gate on Connect-pushed
playback (foob61451's NowPlaying capture in #235), why an
OAuth-linked account flips it to true, and cross-links to
MUSIC-SERVICES.md and the new spotify-overview.md.
- "TuneIn (or Internet Radio) missing from /sources after a factory
reset". TuneIn is not a default source; the speaker only registers
it after first play. Captured from the #253 side-thread with both
app and `soundtouch-cli source content` recipes plus the
no-SSH caveat for newer hardware (SA-5).
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
spotify-oauth.md (and any future docs) embed mermaid sequence/flow
diagrams as fenced code blocks. Kramdown emits those as
<pre><code class="language-mermaid">, which is not what Mermaid's
auto-renderer looks for, so on the rendered site they show up as raw
code instead of diagrams.
Add docs/_includes/head-custom.html (a hook the pages-themes/minimal
remote theme already exposes) to load Mermaid 11 as an ES module from
jsDelivr, rewrite pre/code.language-mermaid nodes into div.mermaid, and
call mermaid.run() once.
No Jekyll plugin or _config.yml change needed — the include slot is
honoured by the remote theme as-is.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
storePreset on the speaker was failing with "AddPreset - failed due to
invalid SourceID" because the watchdog priming path only pushed ZeroConf
credentials and never registered a SPOTIFY ConfiguredSource in marge.
PrimeDeviceWithSpotify now:
- resolves the device's paired account via live :8090/info
(margeAccountUUID), falling back to ServiceDeviceInfo.AccountID — same
order as setup.populateDeviceInfo;
- writes a SPOTIFY ConfiguredSource under that account (providerID=15,
BoseSecret as credential), mirroring bridgeSpotifyToMarge;
- POSTs `<updates><sourcesUpdated/></updates>` so the speaker re-fetches
its on-device Sources.xml from marge.
Also introduce zeroconf.ErrAddUserNoOp for the narrow firmware quirk
(404 + empty body on ?action=addUser when activeUser already matches).
Recognised only on that exact pattern; real 4xx/5xx still surface loudly
with full response details. Same treatment applied to Amazon priming.
Docs:
- new docs/concepts/spotify-overview.md anchors the topic (mental model,
streamingoauth.bose.com DNS gotcha, token lifecycle, clientId notes,
troubleshooting table);
- spotify-oauth.md drops the removed install-primer endpoint and the
on-device boot-primer install sections, adds /mgmt/spotify/prime;
- spotify-priming-strategy.md and MUSIC-SERVICES.md link to the
overview.
---------
Co-authored-by: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Two doc-only additions to TestValidateRealSpeakerBundle's header
comment:
- Cross-model note: ST10 and ST20 ship the byte-identical CA
bundle on firmware 27.0.6.46330.5043500 (md5
2d150987b312e4280fc576b508e62b43, 165 certs, ~251 KB).
Verified against firmware/_backup_ST10/_/etc/pki/tls/certs/
ca-bundle.crt 2026-05-16. The existing
testdata/ca_bundle_st20_pristine.crt fixture therefore stands
in for both models on that firmware build, so any expired-root
hypothesis evaluated against it covers both.
- Curl reproducer: three one-liners that point curl at the fixture
and probe the actual TuneIn stream chain a SoundTouch speaker
would walk (using K-LOVE / s33828 as the canonical example —
matches the case from #292). Control with the system trust
store shown alongside. Both bundles handle the chain (Amazon
Root CA 1 + DigiCert Global Root, valid through 2026+) so the
expired-root hypothesis is ruled out for firmware 27 — recorded
in the comment so future-me / reviewers can replay the same
probe without re-deriving it from chat context.
No code change; test still passes.
Related to https://github.com/gesellix/Bose-SoundTouch/issues/292.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
PR #249 added "hls" unconditionally to TuneIn's Tune.ashx formats=
query. That regressed playback on the SoundTouch line: TuneIn returns
an .m3u8 HLS playlist for stations like K-LOVE (s33828), the speaker
can't parse it, blinks amber and falls silent. Verified that
firmware 27 on ST10 and ST20 ships the byte-identical Mozilla CCADB
bundle and validates the actual stream chain cleanly, so it isn't a
cert-expiry issue (#292's hypothesis) — the speaker simply has no
HLS support.
Changes:
- TuneInStream is now a builder, not a const: takes the station ID
plus a formats string (empty falls back to the new exported
DefaultTuneInStreamFormats = "mp3,aac,ogg" — matches the pre-#249
request shape).
- TuneInPlayback and TuneInPlaybackPodcast take the formats string.
- New Settings.TuneInStreamFormats string. Empty by default.
Operators with HLS-capable speakers can set it to
"mp3,aac,ogg,hls" — or any other comma-separated list — via
settings.json. The value is passed through verbatim; AfterTouch
does not validate the individual format tokens, so this is also
the right knob for trialling additional formats without code
changes.
- Two regression tests pin both the empty-uses-default contract
and the override-passes-through contract (with the whitespace-
trim sub-case) so PR #249-style regressions surface at
compile/test time.
The setting is settings.json-only (matches the existing pattern for
AllowInsecureUpstreamTLS / TrustForwardedHeaders / TrustedProxyCIDRs
which are also edit-the-file settings). UI surface can be a small
follow-up if reporters ask for it.
Example settings.json snippet to re-enable HLS (only if your
speaker can actually play it):
{
"server_url": "http://aftertouch.local:8000",
"tunein_stream_formats": "mp3,aac,ogg,hls"
}
Restart soundtouch-service after editing.
Related to https://github.com/gesellix/Bose-SoundTouch/issues/292.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The migration-summary preflight always emitted a "resolved from service,
not from device" ❌ row whenever the target was a hostname — even when
SSH was available and could have answered authoritatively. Two
problems compounded: the summary builder passed `nil` for the SSH
client (skipping the device-side ping), and resolveIP's service-side
fallback returned a bare fmt.Errorf the caller couldn't distinguish
from a real failure.
Changes:
- ErrResolvedFromServiceOnly sentinel; service-side fallback wraps
it with fmt.Errorf("%w: ...") so callers can errors.Is()-check.
Apply-path callers that pass a real SSH client keep getting the
same error shape they always did.
- populatePlannedNetworkConfig now takes an SSHClient. GetMigrationSummary
opens one when probe.SSHOK is true and passes it through, so the
summary's resolve call uses the same device-side authority the
apply paths use. Skipping the dial when SSH is known dead keeps
a stale handshake-timeout from burning the preflight budget.
- MigrationSummary gains ResolveIPSource ("device" / "service") and
ResolveIPDurationMS so we can observe the SSH-ping cost in the
wild. The historical comment claimed 2-5 s on firmware-27 devices —
we now have data instead of a guess.
- CLI renderer prints the new source + timing line, and only renders
the ❌ ResolveIPError row for hard failures (both SSH ping AND
service DNS failed).
- Two regression tests cover the sentinel-tagging contract and the
device-success-returns-nil-error path.
Related to https://github.com/gesellix/Bose-SoundTouch/issues/282.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Pins the ordering invariant fixed in the preceding commit. Builds a
fake-speaker scenario where:
- SSH is unavailable (every SSH-driven axis stays false)
- telnet getpdo reports the AfterTouch hostname
Pre-fix, checkIsMigratedFromProbe ran before the telnet channel was
drained, so summary.TelnetVerifiedConfig was empty when
isTelnetMigrated read it — the telnet axis came back false and
summary.IsMigrated followed. The CLI's `setup verify` exited
non-zero, the web UI rendered "Not Migrated". Reproduced by
foob61451 on #293.
The test asserts:
- summary.TelnetVerifiedConfig is populated (sanity guard — the
downstream assertions are meaningless if the probe didn't run)
- summary.TelnetMigrated == true
- summary.IsMigrated == true
Verified locally: the test PASSES with the ordering fix applied and
FAILS without it. Failure messages name PR #294 by number so a
future regression points at the same code path.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The web-UI wizard is in-place migration: it preserves the speaker's
existing pairing and synced data. The CLI sequence is a different
shape — full factory-reset → wifi-push → pair against AfterTouch
from scratch — and it's the right tool when you want a clean,
scriptable, reproducible setup (automation, batched onboarding, or
just starting from a reset speaker).
Documents the full 6-step CLI flow (plan / factory-reset / wait-ap
/ wifi-push / wait-online / setup pair --mode=full), the verification
checks, and a side-by-side comparison so users can pick the right
path. Placed after "Repeat for each speaker" so the wizard remains
the recommended default for one-off migrations.
The flow assumes #195 and #269 are fixed in v0.80.2 — without the
AUX/sources filter, the CLI factory-reset path produces a speaker
where AUX won't dispatch.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The previous 10s→30s timeout bump didn't help — the first POST to
/addWirelessProfile on the speaker's AP-mode endpoint frequently
hangs until the deadline elapses, then a second POST a few seconds
later succeeds immediately. Empirically the workaround was "just
run wifi-push twice"; this commit folds that into the function.
PushWiFiCredentials now:
- caps each attempt at 12 s (well above the sub-second healthy
response time) so a stuck first attempt doesn't burn the whole
budget
- waits 2 s between attempts so the speaker's setup endpoint can
finish whatever the first POST kicked off
- falls through cleanly if the first attempt succeeds (the second
never fires)
- returns the second attempt's error if both fail, with context
cancellation surfaced explicitly
Total budget is well under the CLI's 30 s --request-timeout, so
the flag still acts as a hard ceiling.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Two HTTP client tests asserted AUX (id=10001 / sourceproviderid=9) was
present in /streaming/account/{a}/full and /streaming/account/{a}/sources.
After 2b40481 drops AUX from those cloud responses (matching real Bose
behaviour; see pkg/service/marge/marge.go getAccountSources), both
tests fail. Updates them to:
- Expect 5 sources in /full (down from 6) — INTERNET_RADIO,
LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO, TUNEIN, RADIO_BROWSER, Spotify.
- Expect ids 10002/10003/10004 (not 10001/...) in /sources.
- Add explicit negative assertions that sourceproviderid=9 / id=10001
is *not* present, so a regression that re-introduces AUX in cloud
responses fails loud.
Verified via `make test-http-client`: 49 requests, 0 failures.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The Stockholm app (stockholm/setup/js/workflow_add_devices.js:23,77)
and Zimbo88's OpenCloudTouch USB-less script
(https://github.com/scheilch/opencloudtouch/discussions/201) both send
<boseServer>, <updateServer>, and <accountEmail> alongside the
<accountId>/<userAuthToken> pair. AfterTouch's setMargeAccount
historically sent only the latter two.
Adds:
- MargePairingExtras struct on SessionConfig, opt-in via
BoseServer (UpdateServer + AccountEmail default-derived when
empty).
- DefaultMargeAuthToken constant ("Bearer AfterTouch") and
DefaultMargePairingEmail constant ("local@aftertouch.invalid",
RFC 2606 reserved .invalid TLD).
- buildPairDeviceWithAccountXML helper extracted so tests can
pin both the minimal-payload and extended-payload shapes
without driving a full WebSocket session.
- --token flag on `soundtouch-cli setup pair` so we can override
the placeholder for token-shape experiments.
- runPairBare threads --service-url through to PairingExtras so
`--mode=bare --service-url=...` ships the extended payload too;
runPairFull already used it via applyInitPlanDefaults.
The speaker accepts any non-empty Bearer string (verified during
#195 investigation: "Bearer AfterTouch" passes and the speaker
re-derives its post-pair state from the marge endpoints regardless
of token content). The Stockholm-app payload shape is purely
documentation alignment; it did NOT fix the post-pair AUX/preset
breakage that turned out to be the cloud /full source list (see the
preceding marge commit). Keeping the wiring so the switches are
ready when we want to experiment further.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Closes#195 and #269. Both issues reported the same symptom on
freshly-paired speakers: AUX selection and preset playback failed
post-pair, while /sources at :8090 still reported the sources as
READY. The bug was upstream in AfterTouch's cloud-side responses.
Real Bose's /streaming/account/{a}/full never emitted AUX as a
cloud <source>. Verified across 61 captured upstream /full bodies
covering 4669 source elements: zero match sourceproviderid=9 (AUX),
zero match the literal string "AUX". Captures sample at
scripts/android/captures/var/lib/soundtouch-service/parity_mismatches/.
The captured speakers are SoundTouch 20s which do have physical AUX
inputs — Bose deliberately kept AUX out of /full and let the speaker
enumerate it locally via isLocal=true.
AfterTouch's getAccountSources unconditionally included AUX
(id=10001) with the wrong shape: a displayName="AUX IN" attribute
(real Bose: never), <name>AUX</name> (real Bose: empty), an empty
<credential> (real Bose: empty for INTERNET_RADIO providerid=2 only,
never present for AUX since AUX wasn't there). The speaker's source-
reconciliation logic treated AfterTouch's malformed AUX entry as a
cloud-side inconsistency and refused dispatch to AUX — even though
the local availability check kept reporting it READY.
This was the actual cause behind a long red-herring trail (TPDA
:30034 storm, IoT.xml/AVS bootstrap, userAuthToken shape, SETUP
state machine bracket). All of those are universal across the
firmware family; spotty has the same TPDA storm in logread and AUX
still works there. Only the cloud-source-list shape diverged
between working and broken speakers.
The filter applies in getAccountSources because both AccountFullToXML
and AccountSourcesToXML go through it. AUX stays in
GetDefaultSources for non-cloud consumers (web UI source picker,
default-sources init). Three handler tests updated to assert AUX is
intentionally excluded from cloud responses.
Verified by gesellix on rhino 2026-05-16 via full factory-reset →
wifi-push → setup pair → AUX press → audio plays.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The speaker confirms AddWirelessProfile then tears down its AP within
~30 s. The default 10 s --request-timeout races that ACK whenever the
speaker is busy reconciling state — and a hard-coded 10 s on the
internal http.Client capped the user-passed timeout silently, so a
longer --request-timeout had no effect.
The CLI default is now 30 s and the inner http.Client lets the
context govern alone.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Section 4 captures the presentation-only follow-up to #252: collapse
the two halves of a stereo pair into a single device-list entry using
each speaker's GET /getGroup metadata. Pair lifecycle (add/rename/remove)
already works end-to-end via pkg/client + soundtouch-cli, so this is
purely a soundtouch-web UI concern.
Drafted after BirdyBA's stereo-pair confirmation on the closed#252:
https://github.com/gesellix/Bose-SoundTouch/issues/252#issuecomment-4458140305
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds rename_device.http between get_group.http and unregister_device.http
in the make test-http-client sequence. The new test fires the PUT
the speaker emits after a rename and asserts:
- 200 OK, content type vnd.bose.streaming-v1.2+xml
- the response carries the renamed value
- createdOn matches the value captured during register_device.http
(cross-request global), locking in the "first-paired" semantics
- ipaddress is preserved from the prior power_on, not reset by the
rename body's empty IP field
- a mismatched body deviceid is rejected with 400
register_device.http captures the initial createdOn into a global so
the rename test can assert equality rather than a flakier
updatedOn != createdOn heuristic. The variant POST's stale
updatedOn === createdOn assertion is replaced with an upsert-aware
equality against the same captured global.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
HandleMargeUpdateDevice used to call AddDeviceToAccount (an upsert)
and only check body-vs-URL deviceID after the row was already
written. A speaker sending a malformed PUT with the wrong deviceid
attribute would still leave a spurious record before getting 400.
Now we parse just the deviceid attribute, compare against the URL
segment, and only call into the upsert when they match. The
existing regression test gains two GetDeviceInfo assertions to lock
the no-spurious-row guarantee in.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The PUT handler shipped in 5f31616 + the routing fix in 66b83b6 made
the rename PUT reach AfterTouch and return 200. But the response and
the on-disk record both drifted away from real Bose's parity on every
rename: CreatedOn was rewritten to now() (so the "first paired in
2017" semantics evaporated on the second rename) and IPAddress
landed empty (because the speaker's PUT body doesn't carry it and
the marge handler had no preservation path).
Pre-shutdown capture at
data/parity_mismatches/1771797308__streaming_account_3230304_device_A81B6A536A98.json
shows real Bose's 200 OK shape: createdOn pinned to the original
pairing timestamp (2017-02-07), ipaddress populated, only updatedOn
and name change across renames. Aligning with that.
Three small persistence additions:
- models.ServiceDeviceInfo grows CreatedOn + UpdatedOn (ISO8601
strings, omitempty so existing JSON consumers don't break).
- datastore.SaveDeviceInfo persists them inside the DeviceInfo.xml
payload as <createdOn> / <updatedOn> alongside the other fields.
- mergeWithExistingDeviceInfo preserves CreatedOn unconditionally
(it's the "first-paired" timestamp and never re-derived from
inbound data) and preserves UpdatedOn only if the caller didn't
set a fresh one.
marge.AddDeviceToAccount becomes precedence-aware:
- Reads the existing record once at the top.
- CreatedOn: preserved from existing if present, else now() for
first registration.
- IPAddress: preserves what's in the existing record; falls back
to r.RemoteAddr's host portion only when no prior IP exists.
Lets first-time PUTs seed an IP from the inbound connection
without later renames clobbering a known-good value.
- UpdatedOn: always now().
- Response XML now re-reads the persisted record so the
response body matches what's on disk — no parallel hand-built
XML drifting from the merge result.
Function signature gained a remoteAddr parameter. Both callers
(HandleMargeAddDevice and HandleMargeUpdateDevice) pass r.RemoteAddr.
Test coverage:
- TestIssue285_RenamePutAcceptedAndPersisted seeds the datastore
with a 2017 CreatedOn and a known IP, then PUTs the rename;
asserts both survive on disk AND in the response body, and
that UpdatedOn refreshes. The same pre-shutdown capture cited
above is the parity reference.
- TestIssue285_NewDeviceGetsRemoteAddrAndFreshTimestamps (new)
covers the no-prior-record path: first-time PUT against an
unknown device produces CreatedOn = now() and IPAddress
pulled from the inbound TCP connection. Pins the fallback
behaviour so it can't quietly stop seeding new devices.
Authorization is still not enforced — the speaker has no Bose token
to send post-shutdown, and we don't (yet) have a token-authority
story of our own. Adding a warn-only auth check is a deferred
follow-up (see NEXT.md). Real Bose returned 401 for this PUT in the
2026-05-15 capture; we knowingly accept anything.
Refs #285.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Issue #285's first fix (5f31616) registered the rename PUT inside a
chi subrouter at `/streaming/account/{account}/device`, alongside the
existing POST handlers. A *second* subrouter was already declared at
`/streaming/account/{account}/device/{device}` for the per-device
sub-resources (presets, recent, group, …). chi's radix tree treats
those two registrations as overlapping prefixes and at request time
prefers the more-specific `/device/{device}` subrouter — which had
no root-level method handlers. A PUT to /device/X fell through to
the [UNHANDLED] catch-all, got proxied to streaming.bose.com, came
back as 401 from CloudFront. Speakers retried in a loop.
The handlers-package regression test passed because the test router
in `pkg/service/handlers/main_test.go` is flatter (one subrouter for
device, no `/device/{device}` nested block). The route snapshot
test passed because `chi.Walk` enumerates each subrouter's
registrations independently — it doesn't simulate how the radix tree
will resolve a runtime request when subrouters overlap.
Reproduced against the actual production setupRouter in
TestPUTRenameRoutesToLocalHandler (new in router_test.go). Before
this commit: 404 / [UNHANDLED] / 401 proxy. After: 200 from
HandleMargeUpdateDevice.
Fix: collapse the two subrouters into one. All `/device` routes —
the POST/PUT/DELETE on the device resource itself plus the GET/POST
sub-resources — share a single `r.Route("/device", ...)` block with
explicit `/{device}/...` paths inside. No radix-tree ambiguity.
Knock-on: the `r.Delete("/device/{device}", server.HandleMargeRemoveDevice)`
that lived at the outer `/account/{account}` level moves into the
unified `/device` subrouter for symmetry. Its prior placement was
also being shadowed by the radix overlap, which is why the route
snapshot's first regeneration after this fix grew by exactly one
DELETE line — that route was never resolvable at runtime under the
old structure either.
Refs #285.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Lifts the back-and-forth in issue #250 into the README so the next
user doesn't repeat the same three traps Gustour hit:
1. The `ssh -L 8000:localhost:8000` command must run on the user's
own machine, NOT inside the speaker's SSH session. Gustour
pasted it at the speaker's `root@mojo:~#` prompt; the tunnel
ended up speaker → speaker (loopback) and did nothing.
2. SoundTouch firmware offers only ssh-rsa/ssh-dss host-key
algorithms; modern OpenSSH refuses them by default with
`Unable to negotiate with <ip> port 22: no matching host key
type found`. The README's *initial* ssh command already
uses `-oHostKeyAlgorithms=+ssh-rsa`, but the port-forward
example didn't — adding it.
3. If the tunnel is correct and the browser still gets
ERR_CONNECTION_RESET, the daemon isn't listening. The previous
README left the user stranded here. Adds the diagnostic ladder
(`netstat`, `ps`, `logread | grep aftertouch`) that matches
the syslog-tag pattern shipped in the prior commit, plus the
`/etc/init.d/aftertouch start` + `status` retry — the new
status case can now distinguish "PID alive, listener up" from
"PID alive, listener silently died".
No script changes; pure docs lift.
Refs #250.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Bundles the install-time hygiene work for issues #268 and #250.
# Install location — #268
Stock SoundTouch rootfs has only a few MB free (~4 MB on the ST20
the reporter captured); the AfterTouch binary is ~12 MB. The previous
flow downloaded into tmpfs (/media/aftertouch) and then `mv`'d the
binary into /opt/aftertouch on rootfs — which fails with
"No space left on device" on any speaker with the standard layout.
install.sh now installs to /mnt/nv/aftertouch by default (the
persistent partition, ~30 MB free on the same captures) and points
/opt/aftertouch at it via a symlink so the init script's hardcoded
DAEMON path keeps working unchanged. Power users can override with
INSTALL_DIR=/some/other/path. The interactive prompt from the
community patch in #268's thread is dropped — STDIN is the curl
pipe under the documented `curl | sh` invocation, so a read prompt
would hang or read garbage.
uninstall.sh is updated to resolve the symlink and remove the
target before unlinking, so the 12 MB binary doesn't get orphaned
on /mnt/nv when users uninstall.
# Logging — #250
Issue #250 surfaced a "running but unreachable" state: the install
script reported AfterTouch as running, the init script's status
agreed, but `curl :8000` returned connection-refused. start-stop-
daemon's --background detaches stdout/stderr, so any panic the
daemon emitted before dying went to /dev/null with no diagnostic
trail.
The fix is to route the daemon's stdout/stderr through `logger -t
aftertouch` so output lands in BusyBox syslog — a bounded in-memory
ring buffer that never grows on disk (writing to a file in /mnt/nv
would have eaten the volume over months). Diagnostic flow is now:
logread | grep aftertouch | tail -20
logread -f | grep aftertouch # live tail
Matches the recipe already documented in TROUBLESHOOTING.md for the
speaker's own logs (Curl 7 section).
Tightening on top of the syslog change:
- The init script's `status` case now also curls localhost:8000
when the PID is alive — distinguishes "PID alive, listener up"
from "PID alive, listener silently died" (which is what fooled
everyone on #250). A bare PID-liveness check returned "running"
in both cases.
- install.sh's post-install verification now does its own 10s
curl probe after the init script returns; on failure it tails
the aftertouch syslog so the user sees the actual error rather
than the install script claiming success.
- `exec` is added inside the start-stop-daemon's shell wrapper so
--make-pidfile records the daemon's own PID (not the shell's),
which keeps `stop` semantics correct.
README updated to document the install location, INSTALL_DIR
override, and the syslog tag.
No automated tests — these are shell scripts the install pipeline
runs once on the device. All three scripts pass `bash -n` /
`sh -n` syntax checks. Real validation is end-user retest, gated on
the next release.
Refs #268, refs #250.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Closes issue #285. When the user renames an ST10 via the Bose App or
via `soundtouch-cli name set`, the speaker fires:
PUT http://<aftertouch>:8000/streaming/account/{accountID}/device/{deviceID}
Content-Type: application/xml
<device deviceid="…"><name>NEW</name><macaddress>…</macaddress></device>
The router only had POST registered for that path; PUT fell through
to chi's default handling and the speaker observed HTTP 502 (captured
verbatim in _/i285/Rename.log:38: "SimpleURLFetcher: retry needed,
Curl 0, http 502, retries remaining 0"). The speaker's SimpleURLFetcher
retried the PUT on a 15-second timer, the Bose App showed the rename
spinning indefinitely, and the device's display name never updated on
the AfterTouch side.
Implementation reuses marge.AddDeviceToAccount, which is already an
upsert via ds.SaveDeviceInfo — there's no semantic difference between
"add" and "update" at the persistence layer. The new handler
HandleMargeUpdateDevice differs from HandleMargeAddDevice only in the
HTTP envelope:
- 200 OK (not 201 Created — this is an update, not a fresh resource)
- no Location header (the resource already lives at the URL the
speaker is PUT-ing to)
- deviceID in the body must match the URL's {device} segment;
mismatch is a 400 rather than a silent re-key
Registered as `r.Put("/{device}", server.HandleMargeUpdateDevice)`
inside the existing `/streaming/account/{account}/device/` route
group in both cmd/soundtouch-service/main.go and the handlers-package
test router. Router-routes snapshot regenerated.
Test coverage in pkg/service/handlers/issue285_regression_test.go:
- TestIssue285_RenamePutAcceptedAndPersisted seeds the datastore
with a device under its original name, replays the literal log
payload from _/i285/Rename.log:36 against the real router, and
asserts 200 OK + new name in response body + new name persisted
on disk. testdata/issue285/rename_request.xml is the captured
payload byte-for-byte (accountID 3981561, deviceID 884AEAEEBD27,
rename to "Wohnzimmer SB" — same as the reporter).
- TestIssue285_RenamePutRejectsMismatchedDeviceID pins the safety
check: body deviceid != URL {device} → 400.
Closes#285.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Closes the AfterTouch-side half of issue #234. After a factory reset
the speaker's /sources only lists the always-on local entries (AUX,
BLUETOOTH, AIRPLAY, NOTIFICATION, QPLAY, plus a SpotifyConnectUserName
placeholder); TUNEIN, LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO, DEEZER, and linked
Spotify accounts are absent until the device receives the
<sourcesUpdated/> notification the reporter ran by hand. SyncDeviceData
now POSTs that notification as the final step, so users get the
visible-source-list recovery for free when they click Data Sync.
The other half — re-creating Marge.xml so playback resumes — is
already handled by the wizard's pair-account flow: it detects an
empty <margeAccountUUID/> in /info and prompts the user to pick a
known account or generate a new one. The wizard's pairing UI is
deliberately user-driven (the user picks the ID); the notification
nudge is purely automatic because there's no choice to make.
Implementation routes through the existing client surface rather
than reinventing it. setup.notifySpeakerSourcesUpdated delegates to
pkg/client.Client.NotifySourcesUpdated — the same path
handlers_mgmt.go already uses after music-service account changes
(handlers_mgmt.go:304, :637). The wire shape lives in one place
(pkg/models.NewSourcesUpdatedNotification). Fire-and-forget: a
notification failure logs but doesn't fail the sync.
Adjacent UX changes:
- docs/guides/TROUBLESHOOTING.md: new section "Presets flash then
revert to 'Select a preset' after a factory reset". Names the
symptom, the Marge.xml + reduced-/sources cause, and walks the
user through re-opening the Migration tab + Data Sync.
- pkg/service/handlers/web/js/script.js: devices list now renders
a "⚠ Not paired — re-pair" badge in the account-ID column for
speakers whose live /info reports an empty margeAccountUUID.
Clicking it opens the Migration tab pre-filled with that device,
surfacing the wizard's existing "Not paired (factory-reset or
never paired)" flow without making users discover it cold.
- pkg/service/testing/fakespeaker/testdata/info.xml: demo speaker
now reports margeAccountUUID=1234567 instead of the misleading
0000000 (which AfterTouch happens to accept as syntactically
valid but is not a documented sentinel anywhere — the convention
is empty for factory-reset, a real 7-digit number otherwise,
matching pkg/client/testdata/info_response_st{10,20}.xml).
Screenshots regenerated accordingly.
Test scaffolding:
- fakespeaker grows a POST /notification recorder that captures
body + Content-Type; tests assert on s.Notifications().
- TestIssue234_FactoryResetSpeakerSyncsReducedSources now drives
SyncDeviceData end-to-end (exercises the wiring) and asserts
the notification fires with the right deviceID and shape.
- TestFakeSpeakerNotificationRecorder pins the recorder contract
and the POST-only method gate.
Refs #234.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Hardens TrustCACertFromBytes against the failure mode behind issue
#262 (corrupted /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt on a SoundTouch 20)
and against silent transport-time corruption of our own writes.
Three-part change.
1. Atomic write path. The previous flow piped bytes straight into the
live bundle via `cat > <path>`; a dropped SSH session or partial
write left the device with a half-written trust store and no way
to roll back. The new path:
- uploads to <bundlePath>.aftertouch.tmp (sibling on the same
filesystem, same rw remount),
- reads the tmp back over SSH,
- validates the readback at the PEM-frame layer + the AfterTouch
sentinel bracketing,
- atomically `mv`s the tmp into place,
- on any verification failure: `rm -f` the tmp; the live bundle
is never touched, so there is no rollback semantics to reason
about.
The .original backup written on first install stays as
defense-in-depth (manual recovery for corruption from outside this
code path), but it is no longer the primary safety net.
2. New validators in pkg/service/setup/ca_validation.go.
- validateCABundleBytes: BEGIN/END marker counts match, every
decoded block is a CERTIFICATE with a non-empty body, decoded
block count equals BEGIN-marker count (catches a block with
unparseable base64 body), trailing non-PEM/non-comment content
rejected.
- validateAfterTouchLabelBracketing: CALabel appears exactly
twice and brackets exactly one CERTIFICATE block.
- stripAfterTouchEntries: collapses any number of stale
AfterTouch entries from the existing bundle. Older releases
reported to have appended without stripping, so long-lived
devices can carry several copies; we strip them all and log
the cleanup count rather than failing validation. Unpaired
sentinels (truncated prior install) surface as a structured
anomaly the caller logs and warns about.
The validators stay at the PEM-frame layer on purpose — an
earlier iteration called x509.ParseCertificate per block and
rejected the real ST20 bundle on block 29 (Go 1.23+ disallows
negative serial numbers, but Mozilla CCADB still ships ancient
CA roots that have them). Shipping that version would have made
every legitimate speaker install fail. The corruption mode #262
surfaces at the PEM-framing layer; x509-level checks aren't what
we needed.
3. testdata/ca_bundle_st20_pristine.crt is the pristine
/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt captured off a real SoundTouch 20
(firmware 27.0.6.46330.5043500, snapshot 2022-08-04). Mozilla
CCADB public dataset, 165 certs, ~251 KB. TestValidateRealSpeakerBundle
locks in the cert count and asserts the strip pass is a no-op
against a bundle that has never been touched by AfterTouch.
Test infrastructure. mockSSH (both the setup-package and the
handlers-package copies) now mirrors UploadContent into a private
map so a subsequent `cat <path>` on the same path returns what was
written there. Lets the tmp-readback step in TrustCACertFromBytes
work against tests that only scripted the live-bundle path, without
per-test wiring. Two new behavioural tests in setup_test.go:
TestTrustCACert_StripsMultipleStaleEntriesSilently (pins the
multi-entry cleanup contract) and
TestTrustCACert_PostUploadVerificationFailureCleansUpTmp (pins the
rollback-free recovery: live bundle untouched, tmp removed).
Refs #262.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
f3a4658 dropped the auth check on HandleOrionPlayback while moving
the orion routes to their registry-advertised paths. The rationale at
the time was "data is the speaker's own input, nothing privileged"
and parity with soundcork's reference impl.
On reflection, requiring the Authorization header is the right
default here for two reasons:
1. Parity with the rest of our BMX playback surface (TuneIn
variants — see TestBMXUnauthorized's table — all gate on a
non-empty Authorization header). Orion being the lone unguarded
exception was a footgun, not a feature.
2. Real speakers obtain a Bearer token via the orion
/token endpoint before they follow a LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO
preset, so the gate doesn't cost any legitimate caller. A
callerless GET (curl, scraper, casual probe) gets a clean 401
instead of a working playback resolver.
The check itself is the same shape as the other BMX handlers:
empty Authorization header → s.writeBMXUnauthorized → 401. Token
contents are not validated, only presence — sufficient for the
parity contract.
Test side:
- TestOrionPlayback regains its Bearer header (it had one before
the GET-method switch in f3a4658).
- TestBMXUnauthorized's table regains a sibling row for the orion
station endpoint with the GET + query-string shape.
- TestIssue218_OrionStationResolvesPresetStreamURL sends a Bearer
header on the loop-closing GET — added with a doc comment
naming the orion /token bootstrap a real speaker would do.
No route-table changes; the registry advertisement and route paths
from f3a4658 stay as they are.
Refs #218.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Two-part iteration. First, the fakespeaker grows a `/now_playing`
route with a default STANDBY fixture — issue #235 is the first one in
this series that needs to override /now_playing, and adding the route
on its own would be infrastructure noise; bundled here it has an
immediate consumer.
The regression test then locks in the device-side signal at the heart
of #235: when a SoundTouch is targeted by Spotify Connect (Spotify
app sends audio to the speaker), the speaker's /now_playing reports
- source = SPOTIFY
- sourceAccount = SpotifyConnectUserName (the marker)
- ContentItem.location = /playback/container/<base64 spotify:...>
— a perfectly resolvable URI
- **ContentItem.isPresetable = false**
The contradiction (resolvable location + isPresetable=false) is the
reason the CLI's storeCurrentPreset at
cmd/soundtouch-cli/cmd_preset.go:41 refuses to act and emits "current
content cannot be preset" — exactly the reporter's symptom.
The test base64-decodes the location to surface the contradiction
explicitly: it should yield a `spotify:` URI. When AfterTouch grows a
fallback path (CLI --force, or service-side resolution to the
device's own Spotify integration via the SoundTouch Spotify source
provider), the assertion here stays sound — it tests what the device
emits, not what the CLI decides — but a sibling test should assert
the new fallback path produces a successful preset.
Fixture pattern matches the rest of the issue series:
testdata/issue235/ next to the test, fakespeaker driven via
FixtureOverrides, doc-comment naming what would have to change for
the assertion to flip.
Refs #235.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Issue #253 ("Edits to local Presets.xml don't propagate to
:8090/presets") has a three-hop propagation chain — disk → marge,
marge → device (via notification or power_on), device → :8090. Only
the first hop is in our reach; if it's broken, neither of the others
can recover.
This test writes presets_v1.xml directly to the datastore
(mimicking the reporter's hand-edit), calls PresetsToXML, asserts the
v1 markers (itemName "Initial Station", location s..INITIAL) land in
the rendered bytes. It then overwrites with presets_v2.xml and calls
PresetsToXML again, asserting:
- v2 markers ("Edited Station", s..EDITED) land,
- v1 markers are gone.
Current AfterTouch passes both assertions — disk→marge is sound, so
the reporter's symptom must originate downstream (notification
trigger missing, device-side firmware behaviour, or both). That
narrows the investigation surface for whoever picks up #253 next.
If this test ever flips (a caching layer is added without proper
invalidation, an in-memory presets handle is held across edits), the
fix is to invalidate the cache on disk write rather than weaken the
test — that contract is what the reporter relies on.
Pattern mirrors recents_sourceproviderid_regression_test.go: write
XML directly into the temp datastore filesystem and exercise the
marge function the handler calls (PresetsToXML at marge.go:370).
Fakespeaker isn't involved here — the failure surface is server-side,
not in what the device emits.
Refs #253.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Wires the device-side state the reporter described in
https://github.com/gesellix/Bose-SoundTouch/issues/234 into the
fakespeaker via FixtureOverrides, and exercises GetLiveDeviceInfo +
syncSources against it.
The factory-reset state has two observable signals:
- `/info` returns an empty `<margeAccountUUID/>` because Marge.xml
is missing from the persistence partition. AfterTouch's
"is the device paired?" check at setup.go:632 keys on AccountID,
so this is the canonical "needs re-pairing" signal.
- `/sources` lists only AUX, BLUETOOTH, AIRPLAY, the
SpotifyConnectUserName placeholder, NOTIFICATION, and QPLAY —
TUNEIN, LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO, and any post-pairing Spotify
accounts are gone until the speaker is nudged with a
`<sourcesUpdated/>` notification or re-pairs.
Today AfterTouch has no auto-recovery for either signal — it just
passes the state through. The test locks in that contract by
asserting:
- GetLiveDeviceInfo reports an empty MargeAccountUUID,
- persisted Sources.xml contains AUX/BLUETOOTH/AIRPLAY sourceKeys,
- persisted Sources.xml does NOT contain TUNEIN/LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO.
When auto-recovery lands (e.g. an automatic POST of the
sourcesUpdated notification during sync, or marge-side source
replenishment), the absence assertions will flip — at which point
update them to assert the survivors are *present*, and adjust the
doc-comment so the contract stays in sync with the code.
Pattern mirrors pkg/service/setup/issue218_regression_test.go: a
testdata fixture next to the test, fakespeaker driven via
Config.FixtureOverrides, doc-comment naming what would have to
change for the assertion to flip.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Pairs with the existing pkg/service/setup/issue218_regression_test.go
"survives sync" assertion. This one takes the exact `location`
attribute the reporter pasted in issue #218 — the cloud URL embedded
in their LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO preset — parses out the base64 `data`
query payload, sanity-checks it really does encode the documented
http://ais-sa3.cdnstream1.com/2440_128.aac stream URL, then hits the
preset's path-and-query on the real router and asserts the
BmxPlaybackResponse the speaker would receive: audio.streamUrl, name,
streamType, and the streams[] mirror.
Before f3a4658 this test would have 404'd because orion was nested
under the wrong `/bmx/` prefix. With the routing fix in place, the
two issue #218 regressions now bracket the failure end-to-end:
- setup test (sync side): the URL is preserved on the way in
- handlers test (this one): the URL works on the way out
No fix-side code changes; this is purely a regression-protection
addition that documents the contract resolved by f3a4658.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The BMX registry advertises orion at
`{BMX_SERVER}/core02/svc-bmx-adapter-orion/prod/orion` — no `/bmx/`
prefix. That matches the upstream Bose capture in
pkg/service/handlers/static/bmx_services_ustream.json. But our router
nested both orion routes inside the `/bmx/` chi group, so the speaker
asked `/core02/.../prod/orion/token` and our service routed
`/bmx/core02/.../prod/orion/token` — pure path mismatch. The legacy
preset URLs in issue #218 (LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO presets pointing at
`https://content.api.bose.io/core02/svc-bmx-adapter-orion/prod/orion/station?data=...`)
also dead-ended for the same reason.
Three changes:
- Move `POST /core02/svc-bmx-adapter-orion/prod/orion/token` from the
`/bmx/` group to top level so it matches what the registry hands the
speaker.
- Add the missing `GET /core02/svc-bmx-adapter-orion/prod/orion/station`
that takes `data` as a query string. The handler reuses
bmx.PlayCustomStream — base64-decode the JSON blob (streamUrl/
imageUrl/name) and rewrap it into the standard BmxPlaybackResponse
shape, exactly the way soundcork's reference impl handles it
(soundcork main.py:786, bmx.py:720). No auth check on this endpoint:
`data` is the speaker's own preset payload, there's nothing
privileged to gate, and the upstream behaviour treats it the same way.
- Drop the local-invention `POST /bmx/orion/v1/playback/station/{data}`
route. Nothing advertised it, nothing real-world called it, and
keeping it as a "convenience alias" would have left a misleading
duplicate next to the canonical path.
TuneIn's `/bmx/tunein/...` routes stay where they are — TuneIn's
upstream baseUrl genuinely is `{BMX_SERVER}/bmx/tunein`, so the chi
group prefix is correct for that one.
Router snapshot regenerated; TestOrionPlayback flipped from
POST `/bmx/orion/v1/playback/station/{data}` to GET
`/core02/...station?data=...` (no auth header); the orion entry in
TestBMXUnauthorized's table is removed (the endpoint isn't authed
anymore, by design).
Refs #218.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Introduces a per-route fixture-override hook on fakespeaker.Config so
open issues with concrete device-side payloads can become repeatable
regression tests, then demonstrates the pattern by wiring issue #218.
Foundation. Config grows a single optional field:
FixtureOverrides map[string][]byte
Routes named in the map (e.g. "/presets", "/sources", "/info") return
the supplied bytes; routes not in the map fall through to the embedded
testdata defaults the screenshot pipeline relies on. Stateful handlers
(/getGroup, /addGroup, /updateGroup, /removeGroup) are unaffected
because they're code-driven, not fixture-driven. The override slice is
snapshotted at construction so later mutations of the caller's slice
don't change the served body. Zero-value Config keeps the existing
behaviour, so cmd/dummy-speaker + scripts/screenshots are untouched.
Iteration zero — issue #218.
pkg/service/setup/issue218_regression_test.go starts a fakespeaker
serving the reporter's LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO preset XML verbatim (URL:
content.api.bose.io/core02/svc-bmx-adapter-orion/prod/orion/station?…),
runs Manager.syncPresets against it, then asserts the persisted
Presets.xml retains the Bose cloud URL prefix. This locks in the
"location preserved through sync" contract; when AfterTouch starts
rewriting the URL to its own base (the eventual fix for #218), the
assertion flips and the fixture stays unchanged — the test is the
carrier for the decision.
Pattern reference for future issue regression tests: this exemplar
mirrors pkg/service/marge/recents_sourceproviderid_regression_test.go's
style (issue link, trigger chain in the doc-comment, locked-in
assertion) but is the first one to drive the device side via fakespeaker
rather than an inline httptest.NewServer. Subsequent issues with
device-side payloads (#234 factory-reset state, #235 Spotify-as-preset,
…) can reuse the FixtureOverrides hook without further infrastructure.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
on-device-install and raspberry-pi installers default to the new
v0.79.0 release binary. Also refreshes two stale comment examples in
the raspberry-pi install script (v0.17.0 → v0.78.0, v0.18.1 → v0.79.0)
so the in-file usage hints reflect the same era as the default.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
make screenshots was producing artifacts: a ghost Spotify pill on
ui-devices, empty Plan-card URL inputs on ui-migration with cascading
"localhost" warnings, and "Checking configuration…" placeholder text
instead of "❌ Not configured" on ui-settings. Two root causes, fixed
together so the run is deterministic again.
1. Fakespeaker too thin for the post-wizard inspect pipeline. The new
migration wizard probes /supportedURLs and reads /networkInfo and
/sources alongside the existing /info, /presets, /recents. Those
routes now exist with sanitized fixtures (deviceID DEADBEEFCAFE,
loopback IPs, no real MACs or account IDs). The full group endpoint
set is also wired: /getGroup and /removeGroup return the empty
<group/> shape a real un-paired device emits; /addGroup and
/updateGroup echo the posted body with <status>GROUP_OK</status>
inserted before </group>, matching the success path documented in
issue #252. /supportedURLs lists everything the fake now serves so
any caller that probes capabilities first (e.g. marge_pairing.go)
sees a coherent picture. Tests cover the GET routes' XML roots, the
POST echo + GROUP_OK insertion contract, and /removeGroup's
GET-only contract (405 with Allow: GET on other methods).
2. run.sh seed hit a DNS cliff. The :443 preflight shipped in 3727ae6
resolves server_url on every /setup/settings call, and the
populatePlannedNetworkConfig step does it again. With the previous
seed of http://aftertouch.local:8000 each lookup burned ~5s on DNS
timeout, which compounded across the wizard calls and pushed
ui-migration past chromedp's 30s per-shot budget. Switched the seed
to http://aftertouch.localhost:8000 — RFC 6761 means *.localhost
resolves to loopback via the system resolver in milliseconds
(verified ~8ms on macOS / glibc / systemd-resolved) — so the brand-
friendly hostname survives in the captured PNGs without the
timeout. Manifest settle times bumped (ui-settings 300→2000ms,
ui-devices 500→2500ms, ui-sync 300→1000ms) to give fetchSettings +
fetchSpotifyStatus time to complete in headless Chrome.
While here, softened validateURL's loopback message to acknowledge the
on-device-install case (AfterTouch running on the speaker itself, where
loopback works) instead of unconditionally telling users they're
wrong. The validation still flags 127.0.0.1 / localhost since it's the
wrong answer 99% of the time, but the message now frames the
constraint rather than scolding.
docs/images/ui-*.png regenerated against the new pipeline.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Add the loopback-filtered command `logread -f | grep -v '127.0.0.1'` to
DEVICE-LOGGING.md's Pro-Tip section with a one-line rationale (strips
the speaker's in-device localhost chatter so cloud/AfterTouch attempts
are readable). Cross-link from the new Curl 7 entry in TROUBLESHOOTING
so users hitting that symptom find the SSH/logread how-to.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Speakers connect to Bose hostnames over implicit HTTPS (:443) while
AfterTouch's listener defaults to :8443. Without iptables / setcap /
reverse-proxy in front, the speaker side sees Curl 7 / connection
refused and AfterTouch's HTTP log stays silent — a recurring source
of confusion (see #214, #269).
Add a server-side probe (Check443Reachability) that dials both
localhost:443 and the DNS-resolved LAN IP on :443. Run it once at
service startup with a 2s timeout and emit a [WARN] log with the
exact iptables/setcap commands keyed to the configured listener port.
Expose the result via GET /setup/settings (with a shorter inline
timeout) so the web UI renders a ✅/❌ line next to Target Domain
and a complementary browser-side fetch probe — the browser sits on
the LAN exactly where speakers do, and timing-to-error distinguishes
TCP refused from TLS handshake started even with an untrusted CA.
Both the startup WARN and the UI row are gated on dns_enabled,
since :443 only matters for the DNS migration path; SDK-override
migration uses the port from the configured URL.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Add an end-to-end IntelliJ HTTP Client test that replays the exact
request shape a SoundTouch 10 master sends to its configured Marge
server during stereo-pair formation (captured live in issue #252):
POST /streaming/account/{accountId}/group/
Authorization: Bearer <token>
Content-Type: application/vnd.bose.streaming-v1.2+xml
<group>
<masterDeviceId>...</masterDeviceId>
<name>TEST</name>
<roles>
<groupRole><deviceId>...</deviceId><role>LEFT</role></groupRole>
<groupRole><deviceId>...</deviceId><role>RIGHT</role></groupRole>
</roles>
</group>
Assertions cover the wire contract that fails loudly if regressed:
trailing-slash URL is matched, response is 201 Created with the vendor
media type, Location header references the new group under the
account, and the body echoes masterDeviceId, name, and both groupRole
entries.
Wired into the make test-http-client target, sequenced before
get_group.http so the GET runs against the post-create state.
get_group.http's assertion only checks for the presence of a <group>
element, so adding a populated group beforehand is compatible.
Refs #252
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
SoundTouch 10 firmware 27.x posts the addGroup payload to the Marge
URL with a trailing slash ("/streaming/account/<id>/group/") when the
master is forming a stereo pair. AfterTouch only registered the no-
slash form, so chi returned 404, the master's MargeClient retried
every 15 s, the slave kept connecting to the master's audio transport
but was rejected with "Group STP NOT FOUND" because the master never
finished AddingMaster, and the group eventually reverted -- the symptom
reported in #252.
Register POST /group/ alongside POST /group in both Marge route trees
(the /marge/streaming/... mount and the bare /streaming/... mount that
serves direct device traffic). The GET device-group routes already had
both forms; this brings the POST in line.
Add TestMargeAddGroup_FromSpeakerCapture, which replays the exact
request captured live from BirdyBA's master log: URL with trailing
slash, Authorization Bearer header, vendor Content-Type, and the
minimal XML body (no <senderIPAddress>, no per-role <ipAddress>, no
<status>, no numeric group id). The test failed with 404 before this
change and now returns 201 Created with the proper Location header,
pinning the exact wire contract so future refactors fail loudly.
Refs #252
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The speaker's GroupService state machine uses the presence of
<senderIPAddress> in the addGroup payload to decide whether it should
form the group as master or join as slave: "SenderIp is provided, I am
the slave". Sending the same XML to both speakers (with senderIP set to
the master's IP) made the master also conclude it was the slave, enter
AddingSlave, time out after 5 s waiting for a master that never
confirmed, and revert. The slave briefly showed GROUP_OK before
following the master back to NoGroup -- the "stereo pair appears for a
few seconds, then disappears" symptom reported in #252.
Send two distinct payloads from propagateAddGroup: the master receives
the base request with no senderIPAddress, the slave receives a copy
with senderIPAddress set to the master's IP. The base request built by
createGroup no longer carries senderIPAddress; the per-role injection
is contained inside propagateAddGroup where the master/slave roles are
unambiguous.
Update TestPropagateAddGroup_BothSucceed to assert the master's body
has no <senderIPAddress> while the slave's body does, so any future
regression on either side fails the test.
Refs #252
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
createGroup used to POST only to the LEFT (master) speaker and rely on
the master to propagate the group to the slave via marge. That round-
trip is the source of the "context deadline exceeded" failures reported
in #252 — the master blocks waiting for marge while the CLI times out
client-side. SoundCork's working ST10 implementation addresses each
speaker directly, which avoids the inter-device coordination entirely.
Changes:
* Build the group request with senderIPAddress = master IP (the fhem
wiki documents this field; SoundCork sets it; we previously omitted
it).
* propagateAddGroup() POSTs the same payload to both speakers
concurrently via a sync.WaitGroup and returns per-side outcomes.
* postAddGroup() flags a non-GROUP_OK response Status as an error so
the caller doesn't have to re-parse the body.
* On partial failure (one side succeeded), surface a remove command
the user can run to clean up.
Tests cover the happy path (both succeed, payload shape correct), the
right-side-fails path, the non-GROUP_OK response, and an empty-status
response (some firmware omits Status entirely on a successful echo).
Refs #252. Optimistic fix — still pending feedback from BirdyBA's
two-curl test on real ST10s before we're confident.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Document the remaining feature gap between soundtouch-web and the
Stockholm app's local-control functionality (seek/scrub, queue view,
per-device settings) and the explicit non-goals (anything cloud-bound
that is either shut down or already handled by soundtouch-service).
Acts as both a contributor checklist and a public statement of what
the web UI will and won't try to cover.
Link the page under the Concepts section in SUMMARY.md so it shows up
in the published docs and satisfies the docs-consistency test.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Users on systems without a local telnet binary (modern macOS, Windows
without OptionalFeatures, minimal Linux distros) need a workable
recipe to reach the speaker's port-17000 shell. Add a one-line docker
run snippet that uses busybox-extras telnet inside an alpine
container, parameterised by the target speaker IP.
Placed at the top of the reference page so a reader who lands there
asking "how do I run telnet?" sees the fallback before the command
listings.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Replace floating major-tag references (uses: foo/bar@vN) with the
specific commit SHAs they currently resolve to, annotated with the
fully-versioned tag (# vX.Y.Z) for human readability. Pinning to a SHA
makes the action behaviour reproducible across runs and removes the
supply-chain risk of a maintainer (or attacker) moving a tag to a new
commit.
One documented exception: semgrep/semgrep-action does not publish
v1.x.y semver tags — v1 is their only canonical release name on that
line — so it keeps a "# v1" annotation with an inline explanation.
actions/dependency-review-action's previous "@v5" reference would have
failed at run time: that repo only ships fully-versioned tags
(v5.0.0), no moving v5 alias. Pinned to v5.0.0 explicitly.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The lookup branch of AccountDeviceDir does up to two Stat() syscalls,
so its wall-clock cost is dominated by filesystem latency. On shared
CI runners that latency varies enough that the existing 70 ms absolute
threshold has been tripped repeatedly -- the previous bump from 50 ms
to 70 ms in d97cd45 was the same story. Incrementally relaxing an
absolute bound to track CI noise is a treadmill.
Replace the lookup-time wall-clock check with a ratio against the
in-memory update cost (currently ~8x on dev machines, ~12x on CI).
The 30x threshold leaves comfortable headroom for noise while still
catching an algorithmic regression in the lookup path, where the ratio
would explode well past 30 (an O(n^2) walk over 1000 entries would
push it into the hundreds).
The update path's absolute cap stays in place as a backstop against
catastrophic regressions in that hot in-memory path.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
When the user passes --bind <iface> and doesn't set --interface,
discovery now reuses the same interface name instead of auto-picking.
Common single-interface setups stop needing to repeat the flag, while
the two flags remain independent for the cases that legitimately want
HTTP and discovery on different interfaces.
Update the --interface help text to document the default. The --bind
text is unchanged: it still describes the HTTP listener address.
Refs #264
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The previous implementation silently returned the literal interface
name when the interface existed but had no IPv4 address (or when
listing addresses failed). That reproduces the exact error from #264
("listen tcp: lookup eth103 on ...: no such host") for users on
IPv6-only or admin-down interfaces, so the fix only worked for the
happy path.
Return an explicit error for those cases and fatal in main with a
message that identifies the offending --bind value. Add an IPv6
fallback (single non-link-local address, bracketed) and treat any
ambiguity -- multiple IPv4 or multiple IPv6 addresses on the same
interface -- as an error rather than picking one silently. Log when an
interface name was resolved to an IP so the indirection is visible.
Update the --bind flag help text to reflect the supported inputs.
Add a test covering the pass-through cases (host, IP, empty, unknown
name) and a portable loopback-interface test that skips cleanly when
the loopback isn't in a single-IPv4 configuration.
Refs #264
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
soundtouch.local relied on mDNS resolution, which works on developer
macOS but not in CI/Linux. With the new server_url validation, an
unresolvable hostname now correctly causes DNS to refuse to start --
which flips dnsEnabled to false and made the test fail honestly instead
of passing while DNS was silently broken. Switch the fixture to
127.0.0.1 so the test exercises the DNS-enabled path everywhere.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Refuse to start the DNS server and reject Settings updates whose
server_url does not resolve to a routable IP. Without this, a
misconfigured hostname caused the DNS server to answer every intercepted
Bose hostname with `CNAME .`, leaving speakers unable to reach the
service while everything looked healthy. The Settings page now displays
the resolved intercept IP (or the resolve error) next to "Target
Domain", so misconfigurations are visible up front instead of buried in
the DNS log.
Refs #269
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
On a multi-homed host the discovery layer used to walk net.Interfaces()
and pick the first non-loopback IPv4 NIC, while UPnP/SSDP bound a
wildcard UDP socket and let the kernel route the multicast send. That
meant --bind on soundtouch-web only moved the HTTP listener; the
discovery still went out whatever interface the kernel preferred (often
the wrong one on hosts where the speakers sit behind a secondary NIC).
Introduce a separate DiscoveryInterface knob:
* pkg/config: DiscoveryInterface field + DISCOVERY_INTERFACE env var.
* pkg/discovery/mdns: NewMDNSDiscoveryServiceWithInterface; the
interface resolver now honours an explicit name and validates it
has a usable IPv4 address before handing it to hashicorp/mdns.
* pkg/discovery/upnp: when an interface is configured, bind the UDP
socket's source IP to the NIC's IPv4 and call
ipv4.PacketConn.SetMulticastInterface so M-SEARCH leaves the right
NIC. Without an interface, behaviour is unchanged.
* cmd/soundtouch-web: new --interface flag (DISCOVERY_INTERFACE env)
plumbed into the config before the discovery service is built.
go.mod/go.sum reflect promoting golang.org/x/net from indirect to a
direct dependency (now imported for ipv4.PacketConn).
Refs #264.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The flag's value is concatenated with ":PORT" and passed to
http.ListenAndServe, so it has always been a host/IP. The previous help
text invited users to pass an interface name like "eth0", which then
failed with a confusing DNS lookup error.
Refs #264.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
term.ReadPassword takes an int, but syscall.Stdin is syscall.Handle
(uintptr) on Windows. The explicit cast keeps the call building on
Windows while a //nolint:unconvert silences the false positive on Unix
where syscall.Stdin is already int.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Brings the five remaining gocyclo > 20 warnings to zero by extracting
cohesive sub-functions; same observable behaviour, smaller surface to
read at each call site. Bonus: the new helpers are individually testable.
- pkg/models/clockdisplay.go: split ClockDisplay.UnmarshalXML attr
handling into applyClockDisplayOuterAttrs (legacy flat shape) and
applyClockConfigAttrs (current nested shape).
- pkg/service/setup/ssh_probe_apply.go: split applyProbeToSummary into
applyProbeCurrentConfig / applyProbeResolvConf /
applyProbeRemoteServices / applyProbeCACert — one helper per
MigrationSummary axis the probe populates.
- pkg/service/setup/init_plan.go: split ExecuteInitPlan into
applyInitPlanDefaults, runURLRewrite, resolveAccountID, and
verifyPairing. Cleans up several shadowed err variables in the
process.
- cmd/soundtouch-cli/cmd_setup.go: split renderInspectReport into
renderInspectIdentityAndPairing / renderInspectNetwork /
renderInspectSources / renderInspectPresets / renderInspectRuntimeURLs,
and buildPlanSteps into resetSteps + migrationSteps helpers.
golangci-lint run ./pkg/service/setup/... ./pkg/models/...
./cmd/soundtouch-cli/... now reports zero findings. Tests green.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Rename SetupStateMachine → setup.StateMachine, SetupSessionConfig →
setup.SessionConfig, SetupSession → setup.Session, and
DialSetupSession → setup.DialSession. The Setup* prefix only stutters
in package context (`setup.SetupSession`); the renamed forms read
cleaner at every call site (revive: exported).
- Iterate r.Network.Interfaces.Interfaces by index in cmd_setup.go
rather than by value — each NetworkInterface is 168 bytes and the
per-iteration copy was unnecessary (gocritic: rangeValCopy).
Test fixtures (fakeSetupSession → fakeSession, TestSetupSession_* →
TestSession_*) renamed by the same substring replacement to keep
naming consistent inside the package.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Fixes the lint hits that pointed at real bugs or dead code; leaves the
remaining style-only suggestions (rangeValCopy micro-copies, gocyclo
informational, intentional name choices like SetupStateMachine) alone.
- pkg/models/clockdisplay.go: restore <clockDisplay> XMLName tag on both
ClockDisplay and ClockDisplayRequest. The earlier `xml:"-"` clashed
with ClockDisplayUpdatedEvent.ClockDisplay's `xml:"clockDisplay"` tag
(SA5008). Custom MarshalXML/UnmarshalXML still own the wire format.
- pkg/service/setup/setup.go: drop the now-unused checkRemoteServices
helper (replaced by applyProbeToSummary) and rename the unused
deviceIP parameter of populatePlannedNetworkConfig to _.
- pkg/service/setup/setup_session.go: collapse sendStep's (string, error)
return to plain error — every caller already discarded the string.
- pkg/service/setup/init_plan.go: rename shadowed err variables to
rwErr / genErr / invalidErr / nilErr / stepErr.
- cmd/soundtouch-cli/cmd_setup.go: drop redundant int(syscall.Stdin)
conversion (already int) and rename a shadowed err to pairErr.
go build ./..., go vet ./..., and tests for the touched packages all
green.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Add `soundtouch-cli setup` subcommand group covering the full reset →
re-provision → pair lifecycle as a scriptable alternative to the web UI:
inspect, verify, plan, factory-reset, wait-ap, wifi-push, wait-online,
ssh-check, install-ca, migrate, reboot, pair (bare | full state machine)
Supporting library code lives in pkg/service/setup: factory_reset.go,
wifi_provision.go, inspect.go, init_plan.go, setup_session.go.
Confirmed against ST10 firmware 27.0.6 that bare setMargeAccount over
WebSocket — no SETUP_START/SETUP_ENTER/SETUP_LEAVE bracket — is
sufficient to pair a factory-reset speaker; the firmware materializes
SystemConfigurationDB.xml and Sources.xml itself and the pairing
survives reboot. Result and field-by-field SystemConfigurationDB
comparison documented in docs/analysis/SETUP-WEBSOCKET-EXPERIMENT.md.
Captures the device's pre-reset DELETE-to-marge plus its LAN peer
notification flow in docs/analysis/FACTORY-RESET-PROTOCOL.md.
Perf: batch GetMigrationSummary's SSH probes into one Run() call via
ssh_probe.go / ssh_probe_apply.go — was ~8 sequential dials at
500-1000 ms each on FW 27 crypto, now one round-trip. Same data shape,
same MigrationSummary fields populated.
Fixes /clockTime and /clockDisplay wire formats — firmware 27 rejects
the legacy flat XML ("Error parsing request"). ClockTimeRequest now
uses utcTime attribute; ClockDisplayRequest emits the nested
<clockConfig> envelope with timezoneInfo/timeFormat/brightnessLevel.
Removes cmd/example-init-speaker (superseded by setup pair).
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Implements the speaker-side group API surface (path 1 of the two
approaches gmuth outlined in issue #252): clients form, rename, and
dissolve stereo pairs directly on the device, and the resulting
GroupService.xml persists on disk in the same shape the device emits
over /getGroup.
What landed:
- pkg/models/group.go: Status field + IsEmpty() helper, matching the
GET /getGroup response shape (id-attr, masterDeviceId, roles,
senderIPAddress).
- pkg/client/client.go: GetGroup, AddGroup, UpdateGroup, RemoveGroup.
The endpoint name is /getGroup (not /group, despite some wiki docs)
— confirmed against a real ST-10's /supportedURLs. RemoveGroup uses
GET per the wire spec.
- cmd/soundtouch-cli/cmd_group.go + main.go: new `group` subcommand
with status / create --left --right [--name] / rename / remove,
mirroring gmuth's group.sh recipe.
WebSocket notifications:
- pkg/models/websocket.go: EventTypeGroupUpdated +
GroupUpdatedEvent + dispatch helpers. The device fans this out to
both LEFT and RIGHT speakers on every group mutation, including
empty-group teardowns; the parse test covers both shapes.
- pkg/client/websocket.go: OnGroupUpdated registration and dispatch.
- cmd/soundtouch-cli/cmd_events.go: `group` filter +
handleGroupEvent formatter.
WebSocket observability (came up while validating the above against
a real device):
- New RawMessageHandler type + OnRawMessage hook that fires for every
incoming frame before parsing, with the parse error alongside.
- New --debug flag on `events subscribe` with modes all / unknown /
errors. Raw output goes to stderr so it composes cleanly with
shell redirects.
The pkg/client refactor in this commit also adopts speaker.HTTPPort
(introduced in the previous refactor) — the unexported
defaultSoundTouchPort and three hard-coded 8090 literals are gone.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The HTTP port and on-device paths for the SoundTouch speaker were
duplicated across pkg/client (unexported) and pkg/service/constants
(under a service-layer prefix). Both spots needed the same values, and
the next round of work (group/persistence handling in the CLI) would
have created a third — or worse, dragged pkg/service into the CLI's
dependency graph just for a port number.
pkg/speaker is a no-deps leaf that holds the speaker-protocol
constants: HTTPPort, the request paths, and the on-device persistence
file locations (now including GroupServiceFileLocation, for the
upcoming stereo-pair sync work). The client library, the service, the
CLI, and tests can all import it without introducing a layering edge.
This commit moves nothing into pkg/speaker that doesn't belong there —
the service-specific constants (provider IDs, file names, date stub,
etc.) stay in pkg/service/constants. Only the genuinely
protocol-level values move.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Refreshes docs/images/ui-{settings,devices,sync,migration}.png by
driving the web UI in chromedp against a synthetic speaker, so
documentation can be regenerated without real hardware and without
leaking personal data from the local network.
Three independent pieces:
- pkg/service/testing/fakespeaker — embeddable library serving the
HTTP and telnet surface the migration wizard probes (/info,
/presets, /recents and a getpdo CurrentSystemConfiguration reply
that places the device on the unmigrated happy path).
- cmd/dummy-speaker — thin CLI wrapping the library; self-registers
with a running service via POST /setup/devices.
- scripts/screenshots — chromedp runner driven by a JSON manifest;
decoupled from speaker/service setup so it can target any backend
URL. run.sh orchestrates a one-shot end-to-end capture and seeds
settings.json with a generic hostname plus discovery disabled to
keep real-network state out of the captures.
Captures are at DPR=2 for retina-sharp text.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
TestPrintRoutes compares the live router against
testdata/router_routes.txt; the deletion commit (ba69fc0) changed the
route set but didn't regenerate the golden file. Drops
/probe/{token}[/*] and /setup/telnet-probe/{deviceId}; adds
/setup/peer-probe/{deviceId}.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
MIGRATION-GUIDE.md step 5 — replaces the "Telnet round-trip probe"
bullet with two honest variants: the new passive observer for
already-migrated speakers, and a skip-row explainer for not-yet-
migrated speakers pointing at the Apply + reboot cycle. The rollback
section drops the obsolete tangent about the probe step leaving
persisted URLs untouched (the probe no longer exists, and the wizard
already writes both layers).
TELNET-MIGRATION-METHOD.md — §9.4's pre-flight table swaps the
deprecated `POST /setup/telnet-probe` row for the new
`POST /setup/peer-probe` row plus a skip-explainer row for the
not-yet-migrated case. §9.5 gains a "REMOVED — see §9.8" header
pointer (the section is kept as historical record of what was
tried). §9.6's backend-additions table replaces the deleted
`probeRegistry` + `RunTelnetRoundTripProbe` + `/setup/telnet-probe`
row with the `peerObserver` + `RunPeerReachabilityProbe` +
`/setup/peer-probe` row that supersedes it.
NEXT.md is local-working-tree only (deliberately untracked) and
gains a ✅ Resolved header pointing at §9.8; not part of this
commit.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Hard-deletes everything marked DEPRECATED in the previous commit:
Files:
- pkg/service/setup/telnet_probe.go
- pkg/service/setup/telnet_probe_test.go
- pkg/service/handlers/handlers_telnet_probe.go
- pkg/service/handlers/probe_registry.go
- pkg/service/handlers/probe_registry_test.go
Edits:
- Server.probes field + initialization (server.go).
- Routes /probe/{token}, /probe/{token}/*, and
/setup/telnet-probe/{deviceId} (main.go).
- checkTelnetRoundTrip() in script.js.
The passive observer (peer_probe.go + handlers_peer_probe.go) is now
the only reachability check for migrated speakers; unmigrated/partial
states surface a skip row pointing at the Apply + reboot cycle, as
documented in TELNET-MIGRATION-METHOD.md §9.8.
isCommandNotFound and parseGetpdoConfig remain — they are used by
telnet_migration, telnet_preflight, marge_pairing, and
preflight_crosscheck.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The swUpdate daemon caches its target URL at boot and ignores live
`sys configuration` writes, so the active flip in
RunTelnetRoundTripProbe never reaches the running daemon — confirmed
empirically on a fully-migrated speaker (FW 27.0.6) where both the
runtime and persistence layers were flipped and the device still
dialed the previously-cached `/updates/soundtouch` URL plus
DNS-intercepted `/streaming/software/update/account/*`. The probe URL
was never observed.
Marks DEPRECATED:
- pkg/service/setup/telnet_probe.go: ProbeRegistrar,
TelnetProbeResult, generateProbeToken, RunTelnetRoundTripProbe.
- pkg/service/handlers/handlers_telnet_probe.go: HandleTelnetProbe,
HandleProbeInbound, telnetProbeTimeout, telnetProbeResponse.
- pkg/service/handlers/probe_registry.go: probeRegistry.
- Server.probes field.
- /probe/{token}[/*] and /setup/telnet-probe/{deviceId} routes.
Adds §9.8 to docs/analysis/TELNET-MIGRATION-METHOD.md documenting the
daemon-cache finding, the diagnostic that confirmed it, the passive
observer replacement, the pre-flight branch on migration state, and
the canonical telnet flow (Apply config → reboot → passive
validation). All code symbols remain in place this commit; the
follow-up commit performs the hard delete.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The pre-flight panel's reachability check now picks one of two paths
based on summary.is_migrated:
- Migrated → run the new passive peer-reachability probe
(POST /setup/peer-probe/{deviceId}) and label the row
"Reachability check (passive observer)".
- Not migrated (incl. partial) → render a skip row
"Round-trip validation runs after Apply + reboot" with the
rationale "daemon caches swUpdateUrl at boot". Per-axis state
remains visible in the State card so the user sees which parts
are already in place.
Adds checkPeerReachability() alongside checkTelnetRoundTrip(). The
latter is marked DEPRECATED inline — no longer called by the
orchestrator, scheduled for removal in a follow-up commit.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
RunPeerReachabilityProbe is the post-migration replacement for the
active swUpdateUrl round-trip: register the device IP with the
in-process observer, nudge :8090/swUpdateCheck, and wait for any
inbound from that IP. No device-state mutation. Any inbound counts
as proof — on a migrated speaker, DNS interception routes the
daemon's outbounds through this service regardless of which URL it
resolved internally, so reachability reduces to "did the device
dial us at all."
PeerHit and the abstract observer interface live in setup alongside
the probe logic; handlers.peerObserver implements the interface and
the existing observer files now import from setup.
Route: POST /setup/peer-probe/{deviceId}. Timeout: 30s, surfaced as
result.ElapsedMs so the budget can be tuned from real data. The
pre-flight orchestrator gains the branch in the next commit.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds an in-process observer that records device->service requests by
source IP. PeerObserverMiddleware fires on every inbound after RealIP
trust and Recoverer; the registry exposes Register/Signal/Forget keyed
on the device IP with a buffered one-shot delivery.
No callers yet — this is the substrate for the passive reachability
probe that replaces the broken active swUpdateUrl round-trip on
migrated speakers.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The speaker decodes /streaming/account/.../full into a protobuf message where
recents>recent>source>sourceproviderid is a required field. A laut.fm recent
(location "/custom/v1/playback/...") POSTed against an account with no
Sources.xml fell into classifyLearnedSource's default branch, which wrote
sourceKey type="INVALID" with no providerid. That entry then re-appeared
in /full with an empty <sourceproviderid> element, which the post-marshal
strip-empty step deleted entirely — aborting the speaker's account sync
with "MargePB.account.devices.device[N].recents.recent[K].source.sourceproviderid"
missing and forcing a 60-second retry loop.
Three changes, each defended by the new regression test:
* classifyLearnedSource recognises LocalInternetRadio via sourceProviderID
== 11 and via the /custom/v1/playback/ URL pattern, and stops writing the
"INVALID" sentinel that locked sources out of every read-side repair path.
* mapToFullResponseSource falls back to the canonical SourceProviderID
keyed by source ID (10002/10003/10004/10005) so already-poisoned data
on disk still renders a non-empty providerid at /full time, with no
manual data scrub required.
* AccountFullToXML no longer strips empty <sourceproviderid> elements.
The strip-empty was added for parity with upstream's standalone <sources>
block, but it's wrong inside recents/preset source blocks where the field
is protobuf-required.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
"Test first, decide later" affordance: the same check sequence Apply
runs is now reachable without committing to the migration. Useful
for spot-checking a speaker after editing URLs, or for verifying a
fresh device is reachable before the user commits to writing
anything.
Two buttons, one per Apply path:
- #plan-preflight-btn (Suggested Plan side) — reads the chosen
method from plan-apply-btn.dataset.method, same source the
real Apply uses, so what's tested matches what would be
applied.
- #customize-preflight-btn (Custom Plan side) — walks the same
radio choices applyCustomPlan reads and builds the same
methods array, then runs the checks against it.
Both share the existing pre-flight panel and runApplyPreflight
orchestrator. New renderPreflightPreviewSummary terminates the
panel with a single Close button instead of Proceed Anyway /
Cancel — there's nothing to proceed to in preview mode.
Both Pre-flight buttons share the disabled-state gate of their
Apply counterparts (no plan / invalid URLs disables both) so users
can't accidentally pre-flight a plan that wouldn't apply.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Previously the SSH-capable branch and the telnet-only branch were
mutually exclusive — speakers with both transports reachable only
got the curl-from-device HTTPS check, never the round-trip probe.
That left a class of bugs invisible to pre-flight: an asymmetric
network path where the speaker's userspace can reach our service
(curl works) but the swUpdateUrl fan-out can't (or vice versa).
Each transport now gets its own check; both run when both are
reachable. The two exercise meaningfully different code paths in
the speaker:
- SSH curl-from-device: speaker's normal userspace HTTP stack
over an arbitrary inbound TCP to our HTTP/HTTPS port.
- Telnet round-trip: speaker's firmware-internal swUpdateCheck
fan-out, which writes to its own DNS resolver and outbound
HTTP code path that the curl test doesn't go near.
A speaker that passes one and fails the other reveals a real
connectivity asymmetry worth surfacing before the migration
writes its target URLs.
Cost: ~1s extra on the success path (probe is fast on healthy FW
27.0.6), up to ~6s extra on the timeout path. The probe restores
the runtime swUpdateUrl unconditionally so there's no lingering
state regardless of outcome.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The /setup/migrate/{deviceIP} reference table covered only the legacy
self/proxied/original mode selectors, with a one-line "Custom service
URL" mention of target_url. The wizard has been writing literal
per-field URLs via marge_url / stats_url / sw_update_url / bmx_url
for weeks; external API callers had nothing to read.
Expanded the table into three blocks with precedence rules:
1. Top-level params — method, target_url, proxy_url with the
four migration mechanisms (xml / telnet / resolv, hosts marked
deprecated).
2. Per-field implementation mode — the legacy self/proxied/original
family, kept for API back-compat with a note that the UI no
longer sets them.
3. Per-field literal URL overrides — marge_url / stats_url /
sw_update_url / bmx_url with a "literal wins over mode" rule
and the soundcork-suffix-propagates-to-envswitch note.
Three example curl invocations (canonical XML, soundcork telnet,
resolv with HTTPS) replace the old proxy=original-only snippet up
top.
Also added stub reference entries for POST /setup/telnet-probe and
the internal GET /probe/{token}[/*] catch-all — the SSH-less
reachability check the wizard runs automatically in its pre-flight
panel.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The landing-tab overview still framed SSH as a hard prerequisite —
"Migration requires SSH access." That was true under the original
design, but the wizard now probes both SSH and Telnet:17000
automatically and uses whichever the device exposes. SSH-less
speakers (USB-unlock-refusing firmware like SA-5, ST520, recent ST
Portables) can migrate over telnet without ever opening a shell.
Updates:
- Prerequisite box retitled "Speaker shell access" with two
sub-bullets that match the state card's Transports row:
* SSH — richest option, required for XML / DNS / CA install,
same USB-stick procedure as before
* Telnet:17000 — SSH-less fallback, no setup, HTTP-only
- Step 1 (Settings) now mentions that Target URL can be edited
inline on the Migration tab with Save as default, since the
Settings tab is no longer the only place to set it.
- Step 4 (Migration) replaces "we recommend the XML Configuration
method" with a description of the actual wizard: Apply
Suggested Plan, Customize three-axis form, and the visible
pre-flight check.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The pre-flight connection check always hit summary.server_https_url
(the HTTPS health endpoint), regardless of what URL the migration
would actually write to the speaker. That gave a useful baseline
("can the device reach our service over HTTPS at all?") but didn't
test the right thing for HTTP-target migrations — the dominant
configuration when SSH is available and the user goes with the
Suggested Plan's XML+HTTP default.
preflightConnectionTestURL now picks the test URL by intent:
- methods.includes("resolv") → server_https_url. DNS interception
leaves the device hitting https://*.bose.com (firmware-hardcoded
scheme) which DNS redirects to our HTTPS endpoint; testing the
health URL is the right shape.
- URL-flip methods (xml / telnet) → derived from the user's
targetUrl: scheme + host + "/health". HTTP-target migrations get
an HTTP test, HTTPS-target migrations get an HTTPS test (still
with use_explicit_ca=true so the trust path is forward-looking
when CA install is part of the plan).
- Fallback to server_https_url when targetUrl can't be parsed, so
older call shapes keep working.
The row label is now dynamic: "HTTPS connection from device" or
"HTTP connection from device" depending on the actual test scheme,
so the panel tells the user which path is being exercised.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The guide still described the pre-wizard UI: "SSH status, CA trust
status, and connection test results before letting you apply the
redirect" and two methods (XML / DNS). The migration tab now opens
with the state card + Plan card + Customize three-axis form + visible
pre-flight panel, and a third transport (Telnet:17000) lets users
without SSH access migrate too.
Updates:
- Step 3 retitled "Enable shell access on each speaker" with two
sub-sections: SSH (the richest option, required for XML / DNS /
CA install) and Telnet:17000 (the SSH-less fallback, no setup
required, HTTP-only).
- Step 5 rewritten to walk through the actual UI:
* the state card's three rows (Transports, Migration State,
Preconditions) with the action affordances inline
* the Plan card — target URL with Save as default, per-field
Service URLs editor with validation and soundcork-mode,
account pairing, and Apply Suggested Plan
* the visible pre-flight checks panel with its three or four
checks per method and the Proceed Anyway / Cancel branch
* Customize this migration with three independent axes
- Step 6 mentions the auto-expand of Customize on Apply success
and the per-transport reboot picking.
- Rollback section adds the telnet-only "reboot reverts the
runtime layer if envswitch isn't written" property, plus the
rename to "Revert to Defaults" matching the button label.
The image reference (ui-migration.png) stays pointing at the
existing screenshot; a fresh capture is needed once the wizard is
final but the surrounding prose is now accurate either way.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The /etc/hosts migration method has been hidden from the UI since
before the wizard refactor — the Customize three-axis form doesn't
expose it, the suggested-plan engine never picks it, and
onCustomizeChange explicitly force-hides the legacy
#hosts-redirection-test pane. The pane was sitting in the DOM doing
nothing.
Removed:
- The hosts-redirection-test <div> (button, result pane, header)
- test-hosts-btn.onclick wiring in showSummary
- The testHostsRedirection() function (orphaned once the button is
gone)
- The show("hosts-redirection-test", false) toggle in
onCustomizeChange (orphaned once the pane is gone)
Backend untouched:
- /setup/test-hosts/{deviceId} and HandleTestHostsRedirection still
exist for API back-compat. Same pattern we used when retiring the
XML method's self/proxied/original dropdowns — only the UI
surface moves; the manager-level entry points stay.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The feasibility analysis (§§1–8) was written before any of the wizard
shipped, and §7 forecast the surface area roughly. The migration tab
grew considerably during implementation — three-axis state model,
Plan card with per-field URL editor and validation, Customize
three-axis form, visible pre-flight panel, account pairing folded
into the wizard, and the SSH-less round-trip probe — none of which
the original §7 captures faithfully.
Added §9 "What actually shipped (post-implementation addendum)" with:
§9.1 Three-axis state model (per-axis migration booleans, IsPaired,
the state-card layout)
§9.2 Plan card per-field URL editor (single source of URL overrides
for both XML and Telnet, live optimistic preview)
§9.3 Customize three-axis form (URL flip / DNS / CA radios driving
applyCustomPlan)
§9.4 Pre-flight panel (visible check list, decision tree, override
affordances)
§9.5 Telnet round-trip probe (the SSH-less reachability check via
swUpdateUrl flip + :8090/swUpdateCheck trigger + probe-token
registry)
§9.6 Backend additions worth knowing (applyURLOverrides, parser,
option allow-list, telnet timeout bumps)
§9.7 Future probe candidates (pushCustomerSupportInfoToMarge;
running the round-trip probe on SSH-capable speakers too)
§§1–8 stay verbatim as the historical feasibility record, with a
forward-pointer at the head of §7 so readers know the as-shipped
state is documented further down.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Two lint findings flagged by golangci-lint:
- telnet_probe.go:90 — t.Dial()'s local err shadowed the outer
url.Parse error (govet shadow). Renamed the inner one to
dialErr.
- migration_summary_telnet_test.go:20 — telnetSummaryEnv didn't
call t.Helper(), so test failures pointed at the helper rather
than the calling test (thelper). Now mirrors the t.Helper() in
telnetSummaryEnvWithInfo.
No behaviour change.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The Telnet method pane still said "After a successful migration a
Pair Account panel will appear below this one" — but pair-account-pane
was removed three commits ago when pairing was folded into the Plan
card as a configured-up-front step that runs as part of Apply. The
note pointed users at a panel that no longer exists.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Replaces the placeholder "skip — telnet round-trip probe not yet
implemented" branch with an actual call to POST /setup/telnet-probe
when SSH is unreachable but Telnet:17000 is. SSH-less speakers now
get real reachability verification before any migration step runs,
instead of being silently ignored by the pre-flight pipeline.
Decision tree for the reachability check:
- SSH reachable → HTTPS connection test from device (existing)
- Telnet:17000 only → Telnet round-trip probe (new)
- neither → skip with "no transport reachable" message
The probe row reports its result inline with the existing pre-flight
panel idiom (🕐 / ⟳ / ✅ / ❌), surfacing elapsed_ms on success so
users see how long the round-trip took. Failure messages from the
backend (timeout, sys configuration rejected, dial refused) propagate
verbatim so the user knows which step of the orchestration tripped.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Fills the SSH-less gap the curl-from-device test leaves in the
pre-flight panel: instead of skipping connectivity verification on
USB-unlock-refusing speakers, we drive a round-trip from the device
itself using only telnet:17000 and the device's own :8090 API.
Sequence (Manager.RunTelnetRoundTripProbe):
1. telnet `getpdo CurrentSystemConfiguration` — capture the
speaker's current swUpdateUrl so we can restore it.
2. Generate a random hex token; register a one-shot signal
channel under it via the new probeRegistry on Server.
3. telnet `sys configuration swUpdateUrl <targetURL>/probe/<token>`
— runtime layer only, no envswitch boseurls set, so the
persistence layer keeps the original and a reboot heals the
device naturally if our restore step fails.
4. HTTP GET :8090/swUpdateCheck — the cleanest :8090 endpoint
that triggers exactly one outbound to the configured
swUpdateUrl. Read-only on the cloud side, doesn't depend on
margeAccountUUID, doesn't start an actual update.
5. Wait on the registered channel up to telnetProbeTimeout (6s).
6. telnet `sys configuration swUpdateUrl <original>` — restore
in a deferred call so it runs even on the failure path.
New /probe/{token}[/*] catch-all on the root router signals the
matching channel when the speaker's outbound lands; the response is
a minimal `<swUpdateIndex/>` so the device's swUpdateCheck doesn't
choke on a missing structure. The {token}/* sub-path is registered
because some firmware appends a path component to the configured
swUpdateUrl.
POST /setup/telnet-probe/{deviceId}?target_url=… exposes the
orchestrator as a single REST call returning {ok, result: {reached,
restored, original_url, probe_url, elapsed_ms, logs}, error?}.
Tests cover: happy path with channel signalled by the fake registrar
when the :8090 trigger fires, timeout when no inbound arrives,
abort when getpdo doesn't expose swUpdateUrl, abort when the
firmware rejects sys configuration, dial failure, invalid target URL.
Frontend wiring (visible pre-flight panel) lands in the next
commit.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Pairing was previously its own post-telnet pop-up pane —
loadAccountIDSuggestions(deviceId) was called only after a successful
telnet migration, leaving the user to interact with a separate panel
and click a separate "Pair Account" button. XML migrations didn't
surface pairing at all.
The Plan card now has its own Account pairing section between Service
URLs and Suggested plan, with the same affordances (current state,
7-digit input, Generate button, datastore picker) but always
visible. The implicit intent — read by readPlanPairTarget — is:
- empty input + currently paired → no pairing step (current ID kept)
- empty input + currently unpaired → no pairing step (warning hint visible)
- input matches summary.account_id → no pairing step
- input is exactly 7 digits, differs → pair step queued at Apply
- input is non-empty but malformed → blocks Apply with a clear error
Both Apply orchestrators (applySuggestedPlan, applyCustomPlan) now
queue a `pairAccount(deviceId, accountId)` call when the intent says
to. It runs *after* the URL flip / DNS / CA steps so the user sees
the migration succeed before pairing — pairing is independent of
the migration target so order is purely UX. First-failure-aborts is
preserved: a pair-account error stops the rest of the sequence.
Removed:
- #pair-account-pane HTML and all its descendants
- loadAccountIDSuggestions / generateAccountID / pairAccount(deviceId)
(the old pane-bound functions)
- the "if method === telnet → loadAccountIDSuggestions" trigger in migrate()
Added:
- renderPlanPairing(summary, deviceId) — populates the section on
every showSummary
- loadPlanAccountSuggestions(deviceId) — fetches /setup/account-id-
suggestions; gracefully degrades on failure
- onPlanPairIDChange / onPlanPairPick / generatePlanAccountID — UI
handlers with implicit-intent status hints
- readPlanPairTarget — orchestrator-facing intent extractor
- pairAccount(deviceId, accountId) — POSTs and throws on failure
(replaces the old pane-bound function with a step-friendly shape)
- resetPlanCardForDeviceSwitch clears the pairing input on speaker
change so the previous device's ID can't leak
Backend untouched — all the pairing endpoints (/setup/account-id-
suggestions, /setup/pair-account) and the setup.PairAccount + telnet-
fallback logic stay exactly as-is.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Replaces the silent confirm()-dialog pre-flight with an inline panel
that pops up the moment Apply is clicked, walks through each
applicable check live, and surfaces the result before any backend
operation touches the speaker.
Three checks run in order:
1. Backend summary re-check (always) — the existing
runPreflightCheck logic, repackaged as the first row in the
panel. Catches transport/resolve_ip drift since the cached
summary loaded.
2. HTTPS connection from the device (when SSH is reachable) —
reuses /setup/test-connection with use_explicit_ca=true so the
test exercises the trust path even when CA install is part of
the plan. Identical to the manual "Test with Explicit CA.crt"
button under HTTPS Connection Test, but runs without requiring
the user to click it. SSH-less devices show a "skip" row with
a note pointing at the future telnet round-trip probe.
3. DNS redirection from the device (only when resolv is in the
plan and SSH is reachable) — reuses /setup/test-dns. Same
parity as #2 with the manual "Test DNS Redirection" button.
UX:
- Each check renders with 🕐 pending → ⟳ running → ✅ ok / ❌
fail / — skipped, so the user sees feedback while the backend
works.
- On all green: a 700ms hold lets the success state register, then
Apply auto-proceeds.
- On any red: a "Proceed Anyway" / "Cancel" pair appears; default
is to abort, but the user can override on a known false-positive.
Both Apply paths (applySuggestedPlan and applyCustomPlan) now share
runApplyPreflight and awaitPreflightDecision; the unused
confirmPreflightIssues helper is removed.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The Plan-card preview is now optimistic and renders client-side on
every keystroke (previous commit), so the view can drift from what
the backend would actually do — at least until the next summary
fetch. Runtime state can also drift between the cached summary the
user is looking at and the moment they click Apply (a transport
goes down, DNS hostname stops resolving, etc).
Adds runPreflightCheck which both Apply paths call once before
kicking off any backend operation:
- applySuggestedPlan calls it with the single chosen method.
- applyCustomPlan calls it with the full list of operations the
sequence will run (flip method, optional resolv, optional
trust-ca) so the SSH/Telnet reachability requirement is checked
against the actual fresh summary, not the stale cached one.
The check covers four classes of inconsistency:
- resolve_ip_error from the device's perspective
- SSH reachable when xml / resolv / trust-ca is queued
- Telnet:17000 reachable when telnet is queued
- The backend's planned_config XML contains every per-field URL
override we're about to send (sanity check that the client's
optimistic preview agrees with the server's render before we
write to the speaker)
On any issue, confirmPreflightIssues shows them in a confirm()
dialog so the user can override on a known-false-positive (slow
DNS, etc.) but the default is to abort.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Two related fixes for the Plan-card → Customize-pane preview flow:
1. Live planned-XML preview. The Customize panel's "Planned Config
(AfterTouch)" pane previously showed summary.planned_config —
server-rendered, only updated on the next showSummary fetch. So
editing a URL field in the Plan card had no visible effect on the
preview until the user manually refreshed. The new
renderPlannedXMLPreview composes the same XML client-side from
plan-target-url + the four override inputs, mirroring exactly what
migrateViaXML writes (target-derived defaults + applyURLOverrides),
and is called from validatePlanURLs which already runs on every
keystroke.
2. Per-device form-state isolation on speaker switch. The Plan card
inputs preserve manual edits across summary refreshes (force=false)
so a user's typed URL doesn't get clobbered by a re-fetch. That
semantic is right within one device but wrong across devices: if
the user edited a URL on speaker A and then picked speaker B in
the dropdown, A's value silently appeared in B's preview.
showSummary now compares the previous summary-device-id to the new
one and, on change, calls resetPlanCardForDeviceSwitch to clear
the four URL inputs, the Soundcork checkbox, the "saved" hint
dataset, the URL-validation banner, and both apply-status lines.
The downstream fillPlanURLInputs(defaults, force=false) then fills
the now-empty inputs with the new device's canonical defaults.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
With XML+resolv selected together, the bottom panes rendered as
"Current XML | Planned XML | Planned resolv hook" plus a separate
full-width "Current /etc/resolv.conf" block above — three panes plus
a hanger above, each pair scattered.
Restructured into two side-by-side .diff-container rows that each
pair their own Current/Planned columns:
- #xml-diff-row — Current Config (on Speaker) | Planned Config (AfterTouch)
- #resolv-diff-row — Current /etc/resolv.conf | Planned /etc/resolv.conf Hook
current-resolv-pane moved out of its standalone wrapper into the
resolv row. The deprecated #planned-hosts-pane is removed entirely
(hosts is no longer offered as a method, per the earlier UI cleanup).
onCustomizeChange now toggles the row IDs instead of per-pane IDs,
and uses display:"" rather than display:"block" so the .diff-container
flex layout isn't accidentally overridden.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Replaces the migration-method dropdown and its toggleMigrationMethod
visibility logic with a unified three-axis form inside the Customize
details:
- URL flip transport: XML over SSH / Telnet (Port 17000) / Skip
- DNS interception: None / /etc/resolv.conf hook
- Local CA install: checkbox (SSH-only)
Each radio/checkbox has a transport-availability hint next to it
(e.g. "(SSH unreachable)" or "(already trusted)") so users see *why*
an option is disabled before they pick. renderCustomizeForm runs on
every summary load to recompute these hints and pick a valid initial
selection when the previous default isn't reachable.
applyCustomPlan orchestrates the chosen combination as a sequence of
existing backend calls:
- URL flip != none → POST /setup/migrate?method={xml,telnet}
- DNS = resolv → POST /setup/migrate?method=resolv
(already includes the CA install, so an explicit
CA step is skipped in that case)
- CA install only → POST /setup/trust-ca
Steps run in order; the first failure aborts the rest. After the
sequence completes, refreshSummary repopulates the state card.
migrate() now takes the method as an explicit parameter instead of
reading it from the dropdown; applySuggestedPlan and applyCustomPlan
both pass it directly. The legacy "Confirm Migration" button is
removed (Apply Custom Plan supersedes it). The reboot-method picker
now reads the URL flip radio rather than the dropdown.
The legacy per-method preview/test panes (xml-diff, planned-xml,
planned-resolv, current-resolv, dns-redirection-test) become
visibility-driven by the radio choices via onCustomizeChange instead
of the dropdown's toggleMigrationMethod (now removed). The hosts-
related panes are forced hidden — hosts is the deprecated method.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The Plan card's per-field URL editor now drives both XML and Telnet
migrations via the same marge_url / stats_url / sw_update_url / bmx_url
options, so the two duplicate places that used to set those values are
gone:
- The XML method's "Service Implementations" table (#service-options)
with its self/proxied/original dropdowns. The legacy options keys
(marge / stats / sw_update / bmx) stay accepted by the backend's
applyProxyOptions for any direct API user, but the UI no longer
sets them.
- The "URL Targets" sub-pane inside #telnet-method-pane with its
parallel set of telnet-marge-url / etc. inputs and its own
Reset-to-defaults button. The Telnet pane retains its
explanatory header and limitations note (no CA install, pairing
panel below) — only the duplicate URL editor is gone.
Stripped the now-dead JS:
- showSummary's #service-options visibility toggle and
parsed_current_config-driven population of orig-marge etc.
- showSummary's reads of opt-marge / opt-stats / opt-sw_update /
opt-bmx in the summary query string.
- migrate's reads of those same fields in the migrate query string.
- fillTelnetURLInputs / readTelnetURLOptions /
resetTelnetURLsToDefaults / defaultTelnetURLs entirely.
- renderTelnetPreflight entirely (its writes were all into the
removed elements; the state card and Plan card now own all the
surfaces it used to populate).
- toggleMigrationMethod's serviceOptions branches.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds a Service URLs section to the Plan card with four free-form URL
inputs (margeServerUrl, statsServerUrl, swUpdateUrl, bmxRegistryUrl), a
"Current on Device" column populated from telnet getpdo (falling back
to the SSH-read XML config), a Soundcork-mode checkbox that flips the
/marge suffix on margeServerUrl, and a Reset-to-defaults button.
Validation runs on every keystroke (oninput) and on each summary
render: each URL must parse via the URL constructor, the scheme must
be http or https, the hostname must be non-empty, and "localhost" or
"127.0.0.1" are explicitly rejected (the speaker can't reach this
machine via that name). Invalid inputs get a red border, an inline
error list surfaces under the table, and the Apply Suggested Plan
button is disabled until everything is valid. migrate() also gates on
validatePlanURLs() and surfaces a clear status message rather than
sending typoed URLs that would silently brick the speaker.
The Plan card's per-field URLs feed both XML and Telnet migrations
via the marge_url / stats_url / sw_update_url / bmx_url options the
backend's applyURLOverrides honors. The legacy XML dropdowns
(self/proxied/original) and the duplicate URL Targets table inside
the Telnet pane stay in the markup for now — the next iteration
removes them once we're confident the Plan card flow covers
everything.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds applyURLOverrides — a tiny helper that, given a PrivateCfg and the
migration options map, copies any non-empty marge_url / stats_url /
sw_update_url / bmx_url value into the matching PrivateCfg field. The
helper runs after applyProxyOptions in both the read path
(GetMigrationSummary's planned-config preview) and the write path
(migrateViaXML's actual XML upload), so the planned diff and the file
the migration writes both reflect what the user typed.
Precedence: a literal *_url override wins over the legacy
self/proxied/original mode set on the same field, because the user
picked a URL and the migration honors it verbatim. Empty/missing
overrides leave the field unchanged. The legacy mode handling stays
in place for API back-compat — only the UI is moving away from it.
Tests cover the helper directly, the override-vs-mode precedence rule,
and a full GetMigrationSummary round-trip that verifies the override
shows up in the rendered PlannedConfig XML.
This is the data-layer half of the upcoming unified per-field URL
editor in the Plan card; no UI changes here.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Two halves of the same flakiness fix:
- pkg/telnet defaults: dial 2s→4s, read 5s→7s, write 2s→3s,
idleWindow 400ms→600ms. The diagnostic shell on FW 27.0.6
occasionally takes >2s to accept a fresh TCP connection (likely
while servicing other work), and the previous tight budget
produced flaky preflight results on healthy speakers that
consistently recovered on a second attempt.
- state card: when the probe error wraps an i/o timeout / "timed out"
/ "connection reset", the panel now appends a hint pointing the
user at the ↻ refresh button next to the device dropdown — instead
of leaving the user to assume telnet is permanently unreachable.
looksTransient() keeps the substring match conservative so genuine
"connection refused" / "host unreachable" errors keep the original
framing.
The 4s dial budget adds at most ~2s to summary loads on devices
where telnet is genuinely down; that's an acceptable trade-off for
removing the false-negative reports.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The state card now duplicates everything the legacy overview
paragraphs reported, so the redundant block between the card and the
Customize details was visible-but-stale: SSH/Telnet status, the two
Backup status paragraphs, Remote Services line, and the AfterTouch
Local Root CA Trusted line.
Removed wholesale, plus the original-config-pane and toggleOriginalConfig
that the Show Original Config button drove. Kept "Trust CA Now" and
"Download CA cert" (per user request), relocating both into the state
card's CA / TLS cell as inline actions next to the verdict — the
verdict text now writes to a #state-ca-line sub-span so re-renders
don't clobber the buttons.
Also gated the HTTPS Connection Test pane on summary.ssh_success: the
backend's TestConnection uploads a temp CA file and runs curl on the
device via SSH, so the panel makes no sense when SSH isn't reachable.
A telnet-poke + service-side observation alternative is on the roadmap
but not implemented yet.
Stripped the dead JS branches that wrote to ssh-status, ca-trust-status,
remote-services-status/found, original-config-status, no-original-config-status,
original-config-content, original-config-pane, and backup-config-btn.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
toggleMigrationMethod()'s XML branch never reset
#dns-port-warning, so switching from resolv back to xml left the
"DNS Discovery is DISABLED" warning visible while the XML method was
selected — where the warning is irrelevant.
Reset the display to "none" in the default (XML) branch alongside
the existing telnet/hosts branches that already do this. The next
iteration's redesign of the Customize panel folds this state into
per-method preconditions and removes the global warning entirely;
this fix keeps the current UI honest until then.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Step-2 wizard, foundation iteration. Adds a new Plan card below the
state card on the Migration tab with three sections:
- Target service URL: editable input mirrored bidirectionally with
the canonical #target-domain field on Settings, plus a "Save as
default" button that POSTs to /setup/settings (preserving other
fields and the "***" secret-unchanged convention).
- Capabilities: which transports the speaker exposes (SSH and
Telnet:17000), and which migration recipes AfterTouch can offer
given those transports — the "possible vs supported" surface that
teaches the user *why* options are available before they pick.
- Suggested plan: a one-click "Apply Suggested Plan" button driven
by computeSuggestedPlan. The conservative default picks XML over
SSH with HTTP (no DNS, no CA install) when SSH works; falls back
to Telnet:17000 + HTTP when only telnet is reachable; and
explains the absence of a path otherwise. Already-migrated
devices show an info message instead of a button.
The legacy Migration Method dropdown, per-method panes, and action
buttons (Confirm/Revert/Reboot/Cancel) are preserved verbatim but
wrapped in a <details>"Customize this migration"</details> that opens
on demand. After a successful migrate(), the customize section is
auto-expanded so the prominent Reboot affordance is reachable from
the suggested-plan flow too.
The Apply button currently delegates to the existing migrate() entry
point by setting the dropdown value programmatically, which keeps the
options-plumbing path identical until the next iteration moves the
per-field URL editor and validation into the Plan card.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The URL Configuration cell flagged "Original (Bose cloud)" with a red
❌ even when the DNS hook (or /etc/hosts redirects, deprecated though
it is) was actively intercepting those hostnames and routing them at
AfterTouch — i.e. the expected migrated state for the DNS method.
urlConfigVerdict now factors in resolv_migrated/hosts_migrated:
- URL flip (xml or telnet) active → ✅ "AfterTouch URLs"
- URL flip not active, DNS interception on → ✅ "Original (Bose
cloud) — intercepted via DNS, device reaches AfterTouch"
- URL flip not active, no DNS interception → ❌ "Original (Bose
cloud) — not intercepted, device will reach the real Bose cloud"
The third case is the only one that's actually broken; the first two
are valid migrated states for different methods.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The migration summary now opens with a dedicated state panel that
surfaces, in three tight blocks:
- Transports — SSH and Telnet:17000 reachability, telnet banner if
any, and a probe-error sub-line when a TCP dial succeeded but the
shell rejected getpdo.
- Migration State — three rows for the orthogonal axes: URL
Configuration (verdict from xml_migrated/telnet_migrated, with the
four URL fields shown as on-disk vs live pairs underneath), DNS
Interception (resolv hook / hosts redirects / none), and CA / TLS
(local root CA installed yes/no).
- Preconditions — remote_services persistence, account-pairing
state (from is_paired / live margeAccountUUID), and the XML
.original backup presence.
Pure UI restructuring of data the backend already exposes. The
existing dropdown, method-specific panes, diff view, and per-field
service-options table are untouched so step 2 (the wizard refactor)
can replace them in a focused diff. The legacy SSH/Telnet status
paragraphs and the cross-check warnings banner stay below the card
during the transition; the next iteration removes them once the card
is the canonical surface.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds XMLMigrated, HostsMigrated, ResolvMigrated, TelnetMigrated, and
IsPaired as explicit fields on the summary so the UI can render
partial-state cells (URLs flipped via telnet but the on-disk XML
hasn't caught up; DNS interception in place but no CA installed; etc.)
and surface pairing as its own precondition. IsMigrated remains
backward-compatible — it is now the OR of the four migration axes.
checkIsMigrated stops short-circuiting and writes each axis verdict
unconditionally so a "partial" state on any axis is always visible to
the UI even when another axis already reports the device migrated.
populateDeviceInfo now derives IsPaired from the live :8090/info
margeAccountUUID (clobbering any stale datastore copy), so a
factory-reset speaker is correctly flagged as unpaired.
Tests cover the per-axis verdicts independently and the IsPaired
derivation in both the populated and empty live-info cases.
This is the data layer for the upcoming three-axis "state view" panel
on the migration tab. No frontend or behavior changes here.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds a circled-arrow (↻) button beside the migration tab's device
dropdown that re-runs the summary fetch for the selected speaker.
Reuses the existing refreshSummary() entry point, which now also
falls back to the dropdown value when no summary has been loaded yet
so the button works on a freshly-selected device too.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The live SoundTouch firmware (FW 27.0.6.46330.5043500, ST 20) replies
to `getpdo CurrentSystemConfiguration` with a Protobuf-text-like
nested-block format, not the key=value format my parser was written
against:
margeServerUrl {
text: "https://streaming.bose.com"
}
statsServerUrl {
text: "https://events.api.bosecm.com"
}
...
->OK
->
Effect of the bug: the four "Current on Device" cells in the telnet
URL Targets table stayed empty after a summary load, and the
crossCheckPreflights helper silently produced no warnings even when
SSH-XML and telnet-getpdo would have disagreed. Both behaviours were
reported from a real-device summary fetched against the running
service.
Both parsers (Go setup.parseGetpdoConfig and JS
parseTelnetVerifiedConfig) now accept the protobuf-text shape and keep
the legacy key=value path as a tolerance fallback. An isIdentifier
guard prevents protobuf "text: …" lines from being misread as flat
fields and keeps prompt characters (->, ->OK) out of the result map.
A new TestParseGetpdoConfig_ProtobufTextRealDevice test pins the
parser to the verbatim live response so this regression cannot recur
silently.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The migration tab gains:
- Telnet (Port 17000) status line in the summary box, mirroring the
SSH connection line. Shows ✅/❌, the device's diagnostic shell
banner if any, and a probe-error block when a TCP dial succeeded
but the shell rejected getpdo.
- Cross-check warnings banner that surfaces summary.warnings (the
SSH-XML vs telnet-getpdo URL diffs from the parallel preflight) as
informational notices above the migration controls.
- URL Targets table inside the telnet method pane with four editable
inputs (Marge, Stats, Software Update, BMX Registry) pre-filled
from the canonical defaultTelnetURLs(target_url) derivation. Each
row shows the device's current value alongside, parsed from
summary.telnet_verified_config. A "Reset to defaults" button wipes
user edits in the table.
- Migrate / Reboot buttons now enable when *either* SSH or telnet is
reachable, so the SSH-less telnet path can actually be triggered
from the UI.
The four URL inputs are folded into the migrate query string as the
marge_url / stats_url / sw_update_url / bmx_url options the handler now
recognises. Empty fields are omitted so the service's
telnetURLsFromOptions canonical fallback runs.
JS helpers parseTelnetVerifiedConfig and defaultTelnetURLs mirror the
Go-side parseGetpdoConfig and defaultTelnetURLs — keep them in sync.
I cannot run a browser test from this environment, so this change is
verified only by go build, the Go test suite (setup + handlers, race),
and node --check on the modified script.js. Worth a manual smoke test
of: switching to telnet, observing the inputs pre-fill, editing one
field, kicking off a migration, and reading back the warnings banner
on a freshly-migrated speaker.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Extracts the migration-options query-string parsing into a single
parseMigrationOptions helper used by both HandleGetMigrationSummary and
HandleMigrateDevice. The allow-list now covers two families:
- marge / stats / sw_update / bmx (XML method's per-field
self|proxied|original implementation selectors, unchanged)
- marge_url / stats_url / sw_update_url / bmx_url (telnet method's
per-field URL overrides; empty values fall back to the canonical
derivation in setup.telnetURLsFromOptions)
Unknown keys are still dropped, so the manager only sees parameters the
handler explicitly opted into. Tests cover the allow-list, the noise
filter, and the empty-query case.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Refactors telnetURLConfigCommands into a telnetURLs value type with
explicit per-field URLs (Marge, Stats, SwUpdate, BmxRegistry) and adds
telnetURLsFromOptions to resolve those four URLs from a base targetURL
plus optional per-field overrides via the migration options map
(marge_url, stats_url, sw_update_url, bmx_url).
Envswitch derivation rule: arg1 = u.Marge verbatim, arg2 = u.SwUpdate
verbatim. The soundcork case (Marge has /marge appended) is handled
without any branching — envswitch arg1 carries the same suffix and the
parallel persistence layer stays consistent with the runtime layer on
the next reboot.
The default path is unchanged for users who only enter a base URL: all
four fields share targetURL with the canonical /updates/soundtouch and
/bmx/registry/v1/services suffixes. MigrateSpeaker plumbs the options
map through so the existing handler's option dictionary works for telnet
without UI changes; the UI can layer per-field input on top later.
Existing telnet migration tests updated to call the new signature.
TestMigrateViaTelnet_SoundcorkMargeSuffixPropagatesToEnvswitch is the
load-bearing regression test for the derivation rule.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
When both preflights succeed, GetMigrationSummary now compares the URL
fields in the parsed SoundTouchSdkPrivateCfg.xml (read via SSH) against
the matching keys in `getpdo CurrentSystemConfiguration` (read via
telnet) and appends a Warnings entry for any field whose values differ.
The two sources can briefly disagree because `sys configuration …`
writes the runtime layer while envswitch writes the parallel persistence
layer and the on-device XML file is only re-rendered after a reboot.
The warning text says exactly that, so the UI can surface a non-fatal
hint instead of treating a freshly-migrated-but-not-yet-rebooted device
as broken.
Adds Warnings []string on MigrationSummary, parseGetpdoConfig (a
key=value parser tolerant to banner/prompt noise), and
crossCheckPreflights wired in as step 9 of GetMigrationSummary.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds Manager.isTelnetMigrated, which substring-matches m.ServerURL's
hostname against TelnetVerifiedConfig — the response captured by the
preflight's `getpdo CurrentSystemConfiguration`. Mirrors the existing
isXMLMigrated semantics so users see consistent migration-state
detection regardless of which transport the device exposes.
checkIsMigrated no longer early-returns on !SSHSuccess. Telnet runs
first and unconditionally; the SSH-based hosts/resolv.conf checks still
run when SSH is reachable, since neither variant shows up in
`getpdo CurrentSystemConfiguration`. This closes the gap where a
USB-unlock-refusing speaker (SA-5, ST520, recent ST Portable) that had
already been migrated via telnet was silently reported as IsMigrated:
false in the UI.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
GetMigrationSummary now kicks off telnetPreflight in a goroutine at
entry and merges the four Telnet* fields into the main summary just
before returning. Wall time becomes max(ssh, telnet); the two transports
are queried independently and their results combined — SSH retains
visibility into /etc/hosts, /etc/resolv.conf and the on-device XML
config, while telnet contributes the live URL set readable via
`getpdo CurrentSystemConfiguration` without root.
Race-free by construction: the goroutine writes to its own
MigrationSummary instance and only the four telnet fields are copied
back. Verified with `go test -race`.
Tests cover telnet-only, ssh-only, and both-succeed paths.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds Manager.telnetPreflight that dials port 17000, captures the banner,
and runs `getpdo CurrentSystemConfiguration` to read back the device's
live URL configuration. Errors are recorded on TelnetProbeError instead
of returned, so the probe is best-effort and never breaks summary
construction.
This is the data-gathering layer that the four already-declared
TelnetReachable / TelnetBanner / TelnetVerifiedConfig / TelnetProbeError
fields on MigrationSummary were waiting for. Subsequent iterations wire
the preflight into GetMigrationSummary (in parallel with SSH) and use
TelnetVerifiedConfig as a SSH-free signal for "already migrated".
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The previous filepath.IsLocal-up-front pattern in safeJoin/safeJoin-equivalents
turned out not to satisfy CodeQL's go/path-injection rule — the post-validation
filepath.Join still constructs the joined string from tainted input, so the
analyser conservatively assumes the os.* sink that consumes it is tainted
too. Only one of 34 alerts closed on the previous attempt.
Switch to *os.Root (Go 1.24+, available on the project's 1.26.3 toolchain).
The Go runtime guarantees that operations on a Root cannot escape the
anchored directory regardless of what's in the relative path, and CodeQL has
a built-in model that recognises *os.Root.* methods as path-traversal
sanitisers. Result: every os.* sink in the datastore, marge, recorder,
mirror parity-mismatch writer, and docs handler is now reached only via a
*os.Root, which closes the rule-level alerts cleanly.
Changes per file:
* pkg/service/datastore/datastore.go — Adds a `root *os.Root` to DataStore,
lazily opened at first use (after MkdirAll-ing baseDir) and closed by a
new `(*DataStore).Close()`. Adds package-private helpers
(rootStat / rootReadFile / rootWriteFile / rootMkdirAll / rootRemove /
rootRemoveAll / rootRename / rootReadDir / rootOpen / rootExists) plus
three exported wrappers (ReadDirUnderBase, MkdirAllUnderBase,
WriteFileUnderBase) for the cross-package marge / handlers callers.
Every os.* call that previously consumed safeJoin output now goes through
these helpers. The post-join belt-and-suspenders prefix check inside
safeJoin is preserved as a defence-in-depth fallback.
* pkg/service/marge/marge.go — Replaces the five `os.ReadDir(devicesDir)`
call sites with `ds.ReadDirUnderBase(...)` so the datastore's root
enforces containment.
* pkg/service/proxy/recorder.go — Mirrors the datastore pattern with its
own `root *os.Root` anchored at Recorder.BaseDir, lazily opened. New
helpers convert the eight existing `os.*` sites that consume sessionID
/ relPath / sanitizedSegments inputs. The earlier safeJoin (filepath.IsLocal
pre-check) stays in place as the same belt-and-suspenders guard.
* pkg/service/handlers/handlers_docs.go — Opens a *os.Root at "docs" via
sync.Once and reads file content (and SUMMARY.md sidebar) through it.
Removes the prior filepath.IsLocal pre-check; the runtime now guarantees
containment.
* pkg/service/handlers/mirror_middleware.go — Routes the parity-mismatch
JSON write through `s.ds.WriteFileUnderBase` so the datastore's root
performs the path-traversal sanitiser.
Behavioural fix: *os.File.ReadDir(-1) returns directory entries in
filesystem order, but os.ReadDir is documented to sort by name and at least
one regression test
(handlers.TestMargeAccountFullExcludesEmptyAmazonSource) depends on the
sorted contract. Both rootReadDir helpers explicitly sort by name to match.
All test suites pass for the touched packages; the unrelated
TestDocsConsistency failure about untracked working-tree docs is
pre-existing. golangci-lint reports 0 issues.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Wire up X-Real-IP / X-Forwarded-For / True-Client-IP support for
deployments fronted by a reverse proxy, while staying safe on flat-LAN
deployments where a malicious speaker could spoof those headers
directly.
Two new fields on `datastore.Settings`:
* TrustForwardedHeaders (bool, default false) — opt-in switch.
* TrustedProxyCIDRs ([]string, default `["127.0.0.0/8", "::1/128"]`)
— only requests whose immediate TCP peer falls in one of these
blocks may have their source IP rewritten from forwarded headers.
Loopback default matches the documented same-host nginx layout in
docs/guides/HTTPS-SETUP.md.
New middleware in `pkg/service/handlers/middleware_realip.go`:
* TrustedRealIP wraps `chi/middleware.RealIP` with a trusted-peer
gate. When the immediate TCP peer is in the allowlist, chi's
parsing handles the actual header → IP rewrite. When it isn't
(e.g. a speaker sending forwarded headers itself), we ignore the
headers and r.RemoteAddr stays as-is.
* ParseTrustedProxyCIDRs converts string CIDRs into *net.IPNet,
applying the loopback default on empty input and erroring loudly
on invalid entries.
Server.TrustedRealIPMiddleware() returns the middleware (or nil) by
reading the live settings; the router setup in
cmd/soundtouch-service/main.go installs it as the very first
middleware so SnapshotMiddleware and downstream handlers see the
correct r.RemoteAddr.
HandleMargePowerOn now prefers r.RemoteAddr over the body's
self-reported `<IPAddress>` for outbound credential push:
* The body field is treated as a hint only — a malicious LAN speaker
could set it to any value; using it for outbound HTTP requests is
the SSRF surface the previous zeroconf hardening was guarding
against from the sink side. Fixing it at the source as well closes
the gap entirely.
* When body IP and TCP source disagree, a log line names both and
the device ID so the discrepancy is investigable.
* RemoteAddr is unparseable → fall back to the body so we don't
silently drop the priming.
docs/guides/HTTPS-SETUP.md gains a follow-up note next to the existing
nginx snippet explaining the new flag, the loopback-only default, and
the explicit warning against enabling the flag on a flat-LAN
deployment without a real proxy.
Eleven test cases in middleware_realip_test.go lock in the gate
behaviour: trusted peers honoured for X-Real-IP / X-Forwarded-For /
no-headers / IPv6, untrusted peers' headers ignored, garbage values
rejected, ParseTrustedProxyCIDRs covers default / override / invalid.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Building on the strict literal-IP validator from the previous commit,
make the runtime error self-explanatory so anyone tripping on a
hostname URL can fix it in one shot:
* Errors now lead with the offending zeroconf URL and the rejected
host, so wrapping by GetInfo / PushCredentials / pushSimplifiedToken
doesn't bury the actual bad value.
* The "host must be a literal IP" error suggests two concrete one-liner
resolutions (`getent hosts <name>` and `dig +short <name>`) so the
user has a copy-paste fix.
* The "host is not on a local network" error names the accepted ranges
(loopback / RFC1918 private / link-local v4+v6) so the user knows
what they're allowed to pass.
docs/guides/SOUNDTOUCH-SERVICE.md gains a bullet under Security
Considerations explaining the constraint and the rationale (LAN-resident
SSRF surface), so the strict behaviour is documented rather than a
surprise.
The 17 TestValidateZcBaseURL cases still pass — only the message bodies
changed.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
CodeQL re-fired three new go/request-forgery alerts (#134/135/136) on
the lines my previous validateZcBaseURL refactor introduced. The
previous validator accepted hostname-style hosts unchanged, so even
though the IP-class check ran when applicable, u.String() at the call
sites still emitted the original tainted host into the request URL —
which is exactly what CodeQL traces.
Tighten validateZcBaseURL to:
* require the host to parse as a literal IP — DNS / mDNS hostnames
are rejected (with a clear error explaining the caller should
resolve to a private IP first); doing the lookup inside the
validator would re-introduce the SSRF surface CodeQL is flagging,
because malicious DNS could point a *.local name at a public host
between the lookup and the request.
* require that IP to be loopback / RFC1918 private / IPv4-or-IPv6
link-local. Anything else (global IPs in either family) is refused.
* rebuild the returned *url.URL from validated components — scheme
(already checked), the validated IP literal joined with the
original port, and the original path. Pre-existing query/fragment
are stripped so callers attach their own ?action= cleanly. CodeQL
recognises this fresh-construction pattern as taint sanitisation.
In practice this matches what SoundTouch speakers actually announce:
IP-based zeroconf URLs at port 8200 against an LAN address. The
existing PushCredentials_FullRoundTrip and FallbackOnGetInfoFailure
tests already exercise the loopback path through httptest.NewServer
and pass unchanged.
Adds TestValidateZcBaseURL covering 17 inputs — 9 accept (loopback,
private 10/172/192, link-local v4, IPv6 loopback, IPv6 link-local,
strips query) and 8 reject (public IPv4, public IPv6, hostname,
plain hostname, ftp/file schemes, empty host, unparseable) — to lock
the new contract in.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The previous commit made credential-header redaction unconditional in
proxy log output, which is the right safety floor for production but
inconvenient for local debugging when a developer wants to inspect
Authorization / Cookie / X-Bose-Token values flowing through the
service.
Add an explicit "I-know-what-I-am-doing" toggle:
* New LoggingProxy.UnsafeLogCredentialHeaders bool field.
* Default off — the redaction floor stays in place.
* Reads the LOG_PROXY_CREDENTIALS env var so a developer can flip it
on without recompiling, mirroring the existing LOG_PROXY_BODY
pattern.
* When true, formatHeaders skips both the always-sensitive floor and
the broader Redact policy, so log lines contain raw header values.
CodeQL's go/clear-text-logging rule continues to be satisfied because
the default code path still redacts; only an explicit opt-in via
configuration produces unredacted output, mirroring how
AllowInsecureUpstreamTLS works.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
CodeQL alerts #121, #122, #123 (go/request-forgery) flagged the three
client.Get / client.PostForm sites in pkg/service/zeroconf/zeroconf.go
that build their request URL by string-concatenating the caller-supplied
zcBaseURL with "?action=…". The base URL ultimately originates from a
device-pairing payload that the speaker pushes to us, so unvalidated
input could redirect outbound HTTP requests to arbitrary hosts (server-
side request forgery).
Add validateZcBaseURL which:
* parses zcBaseURL via net/url so the scheme and host are first-class
values rather than substrings,
* requires the scheme to be http or https,
* rejects literal IP hosts that aren't loopback / RFC1918 private /
link-local — those are the only places a real SoundTouch speaker
can live on a local network, and a global IP would be an obvious
exfiltration target,
* leaves hostname-style hosts (e.g. mDNS *.local) accepted: name
resolution itself is a separate trust boundary on the local segment.
A small withAction helper builds the per-call URL from the validated
base URL via url.Values rather than string concatenation, which CodeQL
recognises as a non-tainted construction.
GetInfo, PushCredentials and pushSimplifiedToken each call
validateZcBaseURL up-front so all three CodeQL alerts close in a
single pass. PushCredentials also re-validates even though it then
calls GetInfo (which validates again) so the fallback to
pushSimplifiedToken on getInfo failure is also gated.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
CodeQL alerts #70 and #71 (go/disabled-certificate-check) flagged the
hard-coded `InsecureSkipVerify: true` in handlers_proxy.go (the
/proxy/{url} reverse proxy) and mirror_middleware.go (the parity-check
mirror). Both target *.bose.com whose certificate chain is becoming
unreliable post end-of-service, but unconditionally disabling
verification is still wrong: a deployment that doesn't actually need
the bypass loses TLS hygiene for free.
Add an `AllowInsecureUpstreamTLS bool` field to datastore.Settings,
default false. Read it in both call sites — they aren't on a hot path
— and pass the value as InsecureSkipVerify. CodeQL accepts the
configurable boolean as a non-flag (vs. the previously hard-coded
`true`), and the runtime behaviour now defaults to verifying
certificates with an explicit opt-in for the broken-chain scenario.
Behaviour change: TLS upstream traffic is verified by default. Anyone
relying on the previous always-skip behaviour can re-enable it by
setting `"allow_insecure_upstream_tls": true` in settings.json.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
CodeQL alert #43 (go/clear-text-logging) flagged that headers flow to
log.Printf in pkg/service/proxy/proxy.go. The existing implementation
only redacted when LoggingProxy.Redact was true — an opt-in. CodeQL is
right to flag this: the safety floor for credential-bearing headers
should not depend on caller configuration.
Split the sensitive-header list into two:
* alwaysSensitiveHeaders — Authorization, Proxy-Authorization, Cookie,
Set-Cookie, X-Api-Key, X-Bose-Token. Redacted unconditionally,
regardless of LoggingProxy.Redact.
* sensitiveHeaders — kept as a compatibility alias pointing at the same
list, and still gated on Redact for any future use cases that want
*additional* opt-in redaction beyond the floor.
Behaviour change is strict tightening: nothing that was previously
hidden becomes visible, and credentials that would have been logged
when Redact was false are now hidden by default.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
CodeQL flagged five reflected-XSS sites where caller-supplied query
parameters or path segments were concatenated into HTML responses
without escaping:
* handlers_mgmt.go:147 — Spotify oauth error landing page
* handlers_mgmt.go:490 — Amazon oauth error landing page
* handlers_docs.go:65 — <title> built from r.URL.Path
* recorder_middleware.go:83, mirror_middleware.go:205 — passthrough
Write()s carrying tainted bytes from the three sources above
Wrap each user-controlled value in html.EscapeString before it lands
in the HTML body. The escaped output covers the upstream sources so
the middleware passthrough alerts close as well.
For handlers_docs the rendered markdown (`output`) and sidebar are
server-controlled (loaded from on-disk doc files) and intentionally
contain HTML, so only the URL path is escaped — the documentation
content itself still renders normally.
Handler test suite passes; pre-existing TestDocsConsistency failure
about untracked working-tree docs is unrelated.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
CodeQL flagged 34 go/path-injection alerts across datastore.go, marge.go,
recorder.go, handlers_docs.go and mirror_middleware.go. The existing
defences (DataStore.safeJoin's post-join prefix check, handlers_docs's
HasPrefix(filepath.Clean(...))) are functionally correct but sit
downstream of the join, so CodeQL's interprocedural taint tracking
treats every os.* sink that consumes them as still tainted.
Move the validation up-front using filepath.IsLocal, which CodeQL
recognises as a path-traversal sanitiser. IsLocal rejects absolute
paths, ".." segments, and (on Windows) reserved device names — the
same set the existing checks intended to block, just expressed in the
shape the analyser understands.
Changes:
* DataStore.safeJoin (datastore.go) — pre-validates each non-empty
element with filepath.IsLocal before joining. Existing post-join
prefix check stays as belt-and-suspenders. ~30 of the 34 alerts
flow through this helper.
* Recorder (recorder.go) — adds a new (*Recorder).safeJoin method
with the same sanitiser. getRecordingDir, DeleteSession,
GetInteractionContent and ArchiveSession route through it; their
signatures already returned error so plumbing it through is local.
* HandleDocs (handlers_docs.go) — replaces the post-join HasPrefix
check with an up-front filepath.IsLocal gate.
* Mirror parity recorder (mirror_middleware.go) — also strips
backslash separators (Windows) and gates the resulting filename
component on filepath.IsLocal, falling back to "invalid" rather
than letting malformed paths reach os.WriteFile.
No behaviour change for legitimate inputs (account IDs, device IDs,
session IDs, doc paths all satisfy IsLocal). Datastore and proxy
test suites pass; handler suite's pre-existing TestDocsConsistency
failure is unrelated.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Sweeps the remaining instances of the same pattern that triggered CodeQL
alert 132 in PR #240's review: status messages built by string-concatenating
the user-controlled `display` (device name) into `.innerHTML`. None of
these had ever needed HTML formatting; they're all plain status text.
Converts 26 sites across reboot(), revert(), migrate(), showSummary(),
trustCA(), ensureRemoteServices(), removeRemoteServices(), backup(),
plus fetchDevices' error fallback and the loadAccount sync log line.
The one site that genuinely needs intentional <strong> formatting — the
migrate() success message ("Please reboot the device to activate the
changes.") — is rebuilt with replaceChildren + createElement so the
device name still flows through createTextNode rather than HTML parsing.
Out of scope (intentionally left for a separate pass): the dashboard
table rows, account-metadata templates, and the error.message-into-
colored-span / redirectUrl-into-href patterns. Those are different
classes and benefit from a focused refactor.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
CodeQL alert 132 flagged the reboot status line as a sink that received
user-controlled DOM text (device names from the migration/sync select
options and table rows) without escaping. Six data-flow paths converged
on script.js:1950.
Switch the sink at line 1950 from .innerHTML to .textContent — the
status message has never needed HTML formatting. The pre-existing
display-into-innerHTML pattern still exists elsewhere in this file but
those lines aren't in this PR's scope and are tracked by their own
historical alerts.
Also harden the (newer) `currentP.innerHTML = ... <strong> + data.current
+ </strong> ...` line in loadAccountIDSuggestions: rebuild the paragraph
with replaceChildren + createElement so the account ID never becomes
HTML, even though it's expected to be a 7-digit string.
Coerce known account IDs to String() when populating the existing-account
dropdown so the IDE's type inference stops complaining about
opt.value = id; / opt.textContent = id; on data of unknown[] type.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The previous copy said "see the panel below" while the Pair Account panel
is intentionally hidden until migration succeeds (loadAccountIDSuggestions
makes it visible). Reword so users know the panel will appear after they
click Migrate.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
New section §8 records what is currently known about which devices and
firmware our migrateViaTelnet flow handles end-to-end, derived from the
six community sources catalogued in TELNET-COMMAND-REFERENCE.md plus our
issue threads.
* §8.1 — proven to work end-to-end (ST 10, 20, 300, Wave III, Wave IV on
FW 27.0.6 with multi-reporter agreement).
* §8.2 — proven to need the PairAccount telnet fallback (ST Portable,
BST20 Portable: /setMargeAccount missing or wedged on those firmware
builds).
* §8.3 — likely to fail (SA-5 on FW 9.x with the older shell generation;
newer ST Portable builds with shrunk command set). The preflight +
abort-on-first-rejection design ensures these fail cleanly, leaving no
half-configured state.
* §8.4 — unverified targets that are expected to work but lack concrete
captures (ST 30, ST 520, Wave Music System I/II).
* §8.5 — flags the apparent contradiction between S5's enumerated
"valid roots" on ST 10 / FW 27.0.6 (which omits envswitch) and #221's
successful envswitch use on the same firmware. Most plausible reading:
S5 is a non-exhaustive probe, not a negative claim; preflight catches
any real absence.
* §8.6 — maps every failure mode to its observable outcome and the unit
test that exercises it.
* §8.7 — TL;DR.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Synthesises every Bose SoundTouch port-17000 telnet command we have evidence
for, across six community sources: flarn2006's 2014 root-shell post,
Sam Hobbs's 2016 ST 10 setup-mode walkthrough, izndgroup's 2021 reissue,
sijeffrey's 2017 `bose` remote-control script, the 2026 r/bose telnet
probing thread (FW 27.0.6 ST 10), and our own #221 / #236 / soundcork#141
findings.
Groups the commands by family — `key` (front-panel button emulation, the
addition the Reddit thread brought in), `network` (WiFi profile management),
`sys` (verbs + the XML-tag-keyed `sys configuration` setter our migration
uses), `envswitch` (parallel persistence layer), `getpdo` (PDO read), `scm`,
`ws`, `swupdate`, and the historic shell-unlock commands. Each entry notes
firmware-era availability so implementations know whether to expect
"Command not found" on newer builds.
Records the four top-level command roots that S5 confirmed reachable on a
vanilla FW 27.x ST 10 (`key`, `net`, `sys`, `getpdo`), and flags that
`envswitch` works on other ST 20 / Wave models running the same firmware
family — a per-model variation the migration's preflight already handles.
Cross-linked from TELNET-MIGRATION-METHOD.md §2 and indexed in SUMMARY.md.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
* Migration dropdown gains a "Telnet (Port 17000) — no SSH required" option
and drops the deprecated /etc/hosts entry from the visible choices. The
hosts code path still exists in the backend for now; it is just no longer
reachable through the UI.
* New `telnet-method-pane` shows a brief explanation, the HTTP-only
limitation, and a hint that pairing may be required after migration.
* New `pair-account-pane` (initially hidden) renders three controls:
- dropdown of accounts already in the local datastore (so a fresh device
can be re-attached to an existing account),
- 7-digit input field with HTML pattern validation,
- a Generate button that picks a random non-colliding 7-digit ID.
When :8090/info already exposes a margeAccountUUID the panel pre-fills
it and offers to keep it; otherwise the device is treated as fresh.
* `pairAccount(deviceId)` POSTs to /setup/pair-account/{deviceId} with the
selected ID and surfaces the breadcrumb (HTTP vs telnet fallback) in the
status line.
* `reboot()` now passes ?method=telnet|ssh, derived from the migration
method dropdown (telnet for telnet, ssh otherwise) so a device that was
migrated without SSH access can also be rebooted without SSH access.
* After a successful telnet migration, `loadAccountIDSuggestions` runs
automatically so the user is led straight into the pairing step.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds an SSH-free third migration path that drives the SoundTouch device's
diagnostic shell on TCP port 17000, plus a hardened replacement for the
fragile /setMargeAccount HTTP pairing call.
* `pkg/telnet` — new reusable, dependency-free client (sibling of `pkg/ssh`)
with deadline-driven Dial / Probe / SendCommand / Close. Mock-server tests
cover happy path, command-not-found, mid-stream close, and the wedged-device
read-timeout scenario.
* `setup.MigrationMethodTelnet` — runs `sys configuration` for all four URLs
plus the parallel `envswitch boseurls set` persistence layer that otherwise
wins on reboot, then verifies with `getpdo CurrentSystemConfiguration`.
Aborts on the first non-OK response so configuration is never half-written.
No SSH backup or rw pre-flight (the path is SSH-free by design).
* `setup.PairAccount` — probes :8090/supportedURLs first, time-bounds
POST /setMargeAccount aggressively (5s connect / 12s total) to avoid the
hangs reported in #236, and falls back to `envswitch accountid set <id>`
over telnet when the HTTP endpoint is missing or wedged. Returns a
PairAccountResult breadcrumb so the UI can show which path actually
succeeded.
* `setup.Reboot(deviceIP, method)` — gains a RebootMethod selector;
RebootMethodSSH stays the default (preserving prior behavior),
RebootMethodTelnet sends `sys reboot` over a fresh telnet session and
treats the inevitable socket-close as success.
* New endpoints on `/setup`:
- GET /account-id-suggestions/{deviceId} — returns the device's current
margeAccountUUID (from :8090/info) plus known account IDs from the
datastore, so the UI can offer reuse.
- POST /pair-account/{deviceId}?account_id=NNNNNNN — invokes PairAccount;
the existing reboot endpoint reads ?method=ssh|telnet from the query
string.
* Helpers `IsValidAccountID` (exactly 7 digits) and `GenerateAccountID`
(crypto/rand, retries on collision against a known-IDs list).
Documentation in docs/analysis/TELNET-MIGRATION-METHOD.md is updated to match
the implementation: bare-URL convention for `soundtouch-service`, no automatic
`sys reboot` (user-initiated via the existing button with a method selector),
and the realised package layout. The /etc/hosts method is intentionally not
exposed in the new flow.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Documents the SSH-free third migration path on top of the device's diagnostic
shell, synthesised from #221, #236, scheilch/opencloudtouch#167,
deborahgu/soundcork#228, and deborahgu/soundcork#141.
Captures the URL configuration command sequence, the dual persistence layers
(`sys configuration` + `envswitch boseurls set`), the `/setMargeAccount`
failure modes (404, hang, post-migration 502 on power_on) with their bounded
fallbacks, port-17000 preflight requirements, and account-ID sourcing rules
(reuse from `:8090/info`, pick from `DataStore.ListAccounts`, or 7-digit
manual/randomized entry). Cross-links the new doc from
DEVICE-REDIRECT-METHODS.md, marks the `/etc/hosts` method as deprecated, and
fixes the existing margeServerUrl example to use our service's bare-URL
convention with an explicit note for soundcork's `/marge` sub-path.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The on-device Sources.xml carries only displayName + sourceKey for AUX,
no id and no type. The previous read path synthesized id="2000001+i" and
type="AUX" (echoed from SourceKey.Type), which the speaker rejects as
INVALID_SOURCE once it pulls config from soundtouch-service after
migration. Look up known providers in getDefaultSources and fill
canonical id/type/sourceproviderid; also drop the AUX carve-out in
marge's ensureSourceType so existing poisoned type="AUX" entries are
normalized to type="Audio" at the served-XML layer.
Relates to https://github.com/gesellix/Bose-SoundTouch/issues/195
Co-authored-by: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Match release matrix: linux/amd64, linux/arm64, linux/armv7,
darwin/amd64, darwin/arm64, windows/amd64, freebsd/amd64; build cli,
service, web, backup
- Push Docker images on same-repo PRs with preview-pr-N /
preview-sha-<sha> tags so previews are unambiguous and tied to the PR
(forks build but skip push)
- Add a step summary listing each published image as docker pull
commands
Co-authored-by: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Why: Operators need to control device discovery from the command line
without touching the persisted settings file, and a zero discovery
interval should be unambiguously off rather than running an
immediate-fire scan loop.
- Add --discovery-enabled BoolFlag (default true, env DISCOVERY_ENABLED)
and thread it through serviceConfig, applyPersistedSettings, and
createDefaultSettings so CLI/env can seed initial state and persisted
settings still take precedence on subsequent runs.
- HandleUpdateSettings now forces discoveryEnabled=false whenever the
resulting discoveryInterval is zero.
Co-authored-by: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The speaker rejects /select with source="AUX" and an empty sourceAccount
as INVALID_SOURCE, so the audio path never reaches APAuxSrc. Default the
sourceAccount to "AUX" inside SelectSource and align ItemName to "AUX
IN" to match the device's own button-press payload.
Relates to https://github.com/gesellix/Bose-SoundTouch/issues/195
Co-authored-by: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
The OverrideSdkPrivateCfg.xml override path introduced in #209 does not
work on SoundTouch 10 (and likely other models): the firmware ignores
the override file, leaving the device pointing at the original Bose
cloud URLs. Revert to editing SoundTouchSdkPrivateCfg.xml directly with
a .original backup, which is the approach known to work.
Relates to #214
---------
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
client.Run uses CombinedOutput, so when
`/mnt/nv/OverrideSdkPrivateCfg.xml` is absent (the default for devices
migrated with pre-0.71.0 code) the cat stderr is returned as the
override config and surfaced to the migration page UI as "Current Config
(on Speaker)". Gate the branch on `[ -f ... ]` first, mirroring the
legacy .original check.
Relates to #209
Relates to #214
Co-authored-by: Claude Opus 4.7 (1M context) <noreply@anthropic.com>
Store the user's email address (not Amazon account ID) in
sourceKey.account and set source type to "AMAZON" so the speaker
firmware recognises Amazon Music sources the same way as the original
Bose cloud.
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds a "Download CA Certificate" button in the Settings tab
(system-level convenience for importing the cert into browsers, curl,
Python clients, etc.) and a "Download CA cert" link next to the existing
"Trust CA Now" button in the Migration tab. Both link to the existing
/setup/ca.crt endpoint.
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Use /mnt/nv/OverrideSdkPrivateCfg.xml (the firmware's override path)
rather than editing /opt/Bose/etc/SoundTouchSdkPrivateCfg.xml directly.
A malformed override cannot cause a reboot loop because the device falls
back to the untouched original.
Revert now removes the override file; legacy .original backups are still
restored for devices migrated with older code. checkCurrentConfig reads
the override path first so IsMigrated detection works correctly with the
new approach.
Credit: Ueberbose team, discovered via [soundcork
documentation](https://github.com/deborahgu/soundcork#configuring-the-bose-speaker-to-use-the-soundcork-server).
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds a "Docker Compose (recommended for home servers and VMs)" section
to Step 1, pointing users to the existing docker-compose.yml and
.env.example. Clarifies the purpose of docker-compose.ci.yml (CI tests
only) and docker-compose.override.yml (local modifications, not in VCS).
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
domains[0] was non-deterministic (Go map iteration) and could resolve to
any domain in the list including Bose-owned domains. Adds CommonName field
to CertificateManager, defaulting to "localhost", set to the device hostname
at startup. All Bose domains remain in the SAN where clients actually look.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
On constrained hardware (e.g. ARMv7), RSA key generation can block
startup for minutes. HTTP now starts immediately; HTTPS is brought up
in a background goroutine once cert generation completes. A log message
informs the user that HTTPS will be available shortly after startup.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
RSA-4096 CA generation blocks service startup for minutes on slow ARM
hardware. The CA key is only used to sign server certs, never in TLS
handshakes, so 2048 bits provides sufficient security for a local CA
while being ~4-8x faster to generate.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Adds build-linux-armv7 target (GOOS=linux GOARCH=arm GOARM=7 CGO_ENABLED=0)
for deployment to old embedded Linux devices (kernel 3.14+). Introduces
BUILDFLAGS=-trimpath -ldflags="-s -w" applied to all build targets for
smaller, reproducible binaries without local path leakage.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- resolveIP now returns (string, error): error when result did not come
from the device's own SSH ping (service-side fallback or total
failure)
- migrateViaResolvConf and parseTargetURLAndResolveIP abort on error,
preventing a bad IP from being written to the device
- GetMigrationSummary captures the error in ResolveIPError and falls
back
to the hostname for the preview display; XML migration is unaffected
- Web UI shows a warning box with the error and a docs link when
resolution
is uncertain; migrate button stays enabled for the XML method
- Add hostname resolution troubleshooting section to TROUBLESHOOTING.md
---------
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Rename proxy option values: 'upstream' → 'proxied', 'official' →
'original'
- Add 'original' option to preserve current device URL as-is per field
- Drop proxyURL guard in applyProxyOptions so 'original' works without a
proxy
- Abort migration if on-device backup cannot be created (was
warning-only)
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Move spotify-mock and amazon-mock services to docker-compose.ci.yml
- Move soundtouch-test-net network definition to docker-compose.ci.yml
- Pin image version via SOUNDTOUCH_VERSION env var (defaults to
'latest')
- Document SOUNDTOUCH_VERSION in .env.example
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Copy 5 screenshots from _/screenshots/ into docs/images/ and wire them
into the migration guide (Settings, Devices, Sync, Migration tabs) and
the device initial setup guide (speaker AP mode Wi-Fi page). Replace the
images README wishlist with a table of what is actually present.
Also correct the AP mode IP address (192.0.2.1, verified on ST10) and
update the Settings step to match actual UI labels (Target Domain, DNS
Bind Address).
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Replace the placeholder MIGRATION-GUIDE.md (which had a "planned to be"
header, a nonexistent install.sh reference, and 9 broken screenshot links)
with a complete, image-free step-by-step walkthrough covering all 6 steps:
install, configure URL, enable SSH via USB stick, discover/sync, migrate
(XML or DNS/DHCP), and verify.
Add the Migration Guide to the README docs section and link to it from
the Survival Guide.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Rewrite README.md to be concise and tool-focused (no code snippets),
clearly presenting all five tools and their use cases. Expand the
soundtouch-service section to cover both user scenarios and redirect
method trade-offs.
Rewrite SURVIVAL-GUIDE.md around the same two scenarios with step-by-step
instructions. Remove deprecated hosts-file method from all user-facing
docs; update MIGRATION-SAFETY.md, HTTPS-SETUP.md, and SOUNDTOUCH-SERVICE.md
to reflect only the two supported methods (XML redirect and DNS/DHCP).
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Registers HandleAlexaCertificate on POST /alexa/certificate. The handler
logs the device MAC from the request body and returns 501 Not
Implemented with a JSON error explaining that AWS IoT integration is
required to provision Alexa device certificates.
Adds voice.api.bose.io to both /etc/hosts domain lists in setup.go (DNS
intercept was already covered by the bose.io wildcard entry in dns.go).
Relates to https://github.com/gesellix/Bose-SoundTouch/discussions/84
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Endpoints:
- POST /streaming/music/musicprovider/{id}/trial/is_eligible (reuses
is_eligible handler)
- POST /bmx/tunein/v1/favorite/{stationID} with datastore persistence
(SaveTuneInFavorite)
- DELETE /bmx/tunein/v1/favorite/{stationID} (DeleteTuneInFavorite)
- POST /bmx/core02/svc-bmx-adapter-orion/prod/orion/token (anonymous
Orion token)
- GET /bmx-icons/* serving embedded static/media assets (media.bose.io)
- GET /ced/* serving embedded firmware index, release notes, and 10
app-help XMLs (downloads.bose.com)
Add media.bose.io and downloads.bose.com to DNS redirect lists (setup.go
both domain slices, dns.go shouldIntercept list, main.go getDomains
map). Document implemented endpoints in
tests/interactions_20260502_missing_external.md; mark rows 0246–0247 as
self/☑ in the interactions table.
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Add CAPTURE-MIGRATION-TRAFFIC.md with step-by-step migration runbook
- Include session trace from first interactive ST10 migration run
- Genericize example IP addresses in BOSE-APP-ADB-Emulator.md and CAPTURE-DEVICE-PAIRING.md
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Add scripts/android/ with setup-mitm-avd.sh (one-time) and start-mitm-session.sh (per-session)
- Move frida Dockerfile to scripts/android/; extract frida-server + SSL scripts via Docker
- Use native macOS mitmproxy app for capture (Docker NAT blocks emulator traffic)
- Add native-connect-hook.js to Frida launch — required for Bose app's native networking
- Document verified AP mode Wi-Fi provisioning endpoint (POST :8090/addWirelessProfile)
- Correct factory reset sequences for ST10/ST20 from official Bose guides
- Remove old scripts/setup-mitm-avd.sh and scripts/start-mitm-session.sh (moved to android/)
- Add session trace with lessons learned from first interactive capture run
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Introduces a standalone `soundtouch-backup` CLI with three subcommands:
- `all`: authenticates with the Bose cloud, backs up account data, then
reads device IPs from devices.xml and backs up each reachable speaker
- `cloud`: fetches account profile, devices, sources, presets, and full
endpoint from streaming.bose.com
- `local`: backs up each speaker via HTTP API (12 endpoints) and
optionally via SSH (individual files + /opt/Bose/etc/ and
/mnt/nv/BoseApp-Persistence/1/ directories)
Also centralises pkg/service/ssh → pkg/ssh so both the service and the
backup tool share the same SSH client; adds ReadFile and ReadDir
methods, and handles the firmware quirk where cat exits 1 on empty
files.
Output is a single dated .tar.gz or .zip archive.
Example flow:
```shell
gesellix@Mac Bose-SoundTouch % go run ./cmd/soundtouch-backup all --output _/cloud-backup --email user@example.com
Password:
Authenticating as user@example.com...
✓ Authenticated (account ID: 1234567)
✓ email address (107 bytes)
✓ devices (1492 bytes)
✓ sources (1111 bytes)
✓ presets (2585 bytes)
✓ full account (55037 bytes)
Found 2 device(s) in cloud account, attempting local backup...
✓ ST20: 12 files via HTTP
⚠ ST20: SSH skipped /etc/remote_services (Process exited with status 1)
⚠ ST20: SSH empty file /mnt/nv/remote_services
✓ ST20: 64 files via SSH
✓ ST10: 12 files via HTTP
⚠ ST10: SSH empty file /etc/remote_services
⚠ ST10: SSH skipped /mnt/nv/remote_services (Process exited with status 1)
✓ ST10: 48 files via SSH
Archive written: _/cloud-backup/soundtouch-backup-2026-05-02.tar.gz (141 files)
```
---------
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Attempting to request amazon_music:access with a standard application
client ID (amzn1.application-oa2-client.*) returns HTTP 400
lwa-invalid-parameter-bad-scope from the LWA authorization endpoint.
The scope is gated to Amazon Music partner device client IDs.
Revert scope to "profile" (working state) and document the confirmed
blocker with the exact error. Path forward: Amazon Music partner
registration for a device client ID; one-line change to AmazonScopes
when available.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Amazon bridge: fall back to sync/legacy on any error from
SetMusicServiceOAuthAccount (not only error 1029); timeouts from
unresponsive speakers no longer silently skip the fallback chain
- Amazon bridge: reduce speaker client timeout from 30s to 5s for
faster failure on local network calls
- marge: resolveSourceName now prefers SourceName/DisplayName over
SourceKeyAccount, so Amazon (and Spotify) sources show the account
holder's name instead of the raw account ID
- docs: update amazon-music-oauth.md with real-world test results;
music-api.amazon.com returns 401 because standard LWA apps lack
music::* partner scopes — infrastructure is complete but streaming
is blocked pending Amazon partner access
- docs: add SELF-HOSTING.md and MUSIC-SERVICES.md user guides; link
both in SUMMARY.md
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Add SpotifyClientID/Secret/RedirectURI and AmazonClientID/Secret/RedirectURI
fields to datastore.Settings for persistent storage
- Server: add amazonClientID/Secret/RedirectURI fields, SetAmazonConfig,
GetSpotifyConfig/GetAmazonConfig, ReinitSpotifyService/ReinitAmazonService,
and applyMusicServiceCredentials (called under lock from HandleUpdateSettings)
- GET /setup/settings: expose credential fields; mask secrets as "***" when set
- POST /setup/settings: apply credential updates and reinitialize services live
- applyPersistedSettings: fill in music credentials from settings.json when not
set via CLI/env (CLI takes precedence)
- Settings tab: replace read-only Spotify status with editable Client ID / Secret /
Redirect URI inputs for both Spotify and Amazon; save via existing Save button
- script.js: populate and collect the six new fields in fetchSettings/updateSettings
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Add cmd/mock-amazon/main.go (mirrors mock-spotify, uses testutils/amazon)
- Add amazon-mock service to docker-compose.yml (port 8082)
- Add AMAZON_CLIENT_ID/SECRET/TOKEN_URL/PROFILE_URL to docker-compose.ci.yml
- Add amazon_registration.http: registers account via /mgmt/amazon/callback
before the token-refresh test runs (mirrors spotify_registration.http)
- Update {{amazonRefreshToken}} in env to match mock response (Atzr|amazon-refresh-token)
- Log amazon-mock output on test failure in Makefile
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Mark status as Implemented
- Add "Trying It Out" section: LWA app setup, service flags, OAuth flow,
account verification, speaker priming, DNS requirement, site_id open question
- Fix stale endpoint table entry (no longer a stub)
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Mirror the Spotify equivalents: pkg/testutils/amazon/handlers.go provides
HandleToken and HandleProfile for use in unit tests; tests/integration/mocks/amazon.go
wraps them in an AmazonMock with TokenURL() and ProfileURL() accessors.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Add GetAccountByRefreshToken to amazon.Service — the speaker sends
the bare Atzr| refresh token (extracted from AmazonSecret JSON), not
a surrogate, so lookup must match against Account.RefreshToken
- Add amazonService field, SetAmazonService and IsAmazonConfigured to
Server (step 5 essentials required by the handler)
- Replace HandleBoseAmazonToken 501 stub with full implementation:
lookup by refresh token → RefreshAccessToken; fallback to
GetFreshToken; fallback to HandleBoseProxy if no service configured;
scope intentionally omitted from response
- Add handler tests covering the by-refresh-token path (mock LWA
server), the default-account path, and the no-service fallback
- Unlock assertions in post_oauth_token_amazon.http integration test
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Extract DH key exchange crypto from pkg/service/spotify into new
pkg/service/zeroconf package with exported functions and
AuthTypeOAuthToken constant (both Spotify and Amazon use auth type 4)
- Reduce pkg/service/spotify/zeroconf.go to thin wrappers around the
shared package; public API (PushSpotifyCredentials, ZeroConfGetInfo)
is preserved
- Add pkg/service/amazon package mirroring the Spotify service with
Amazon-specific differences: LWA endpoints, POST body credentials
(not Basic Auth), user_id/name profile fields, amazon/accounts.json
- Add PushAmazonCredentials delegating to shared zeroconf.PushCredentials
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Recognize Amazon Music in learned sources (classifyAsAmazon) and
AddSource dispatch, using CredentialTypeToken (cs1) not cs3
- Exclude Amazon from default sources: an empty-credential Amazon entry
triggers the speaker's AmazonController to fail JSON parsing with
MUSIC_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_LOGIN_FAILED; Amazon must only appear once a
real OAuth token is present
- Merge missing defaults into stored sources at request time so devices
with older Sources.xml still receive all current defaults
- Fix source providers ETag: was time.Now().UnixMilli() (always new),
now a content hash so If-None-Match/304 works correctly
- Include default sources fingerprint in GetETagForAccount so adding a
new default invalidates cached /full responses on speakers
- Refactor createLearnedSource into classifyLearnedSource +
classifyAsX helpers to reduce cyclomatic complexity below linter limit
- Add regression test for two-device scenario matching production setup
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
- Mark ZeroConf Spotify priming and 404 handler as addressed in both docs
- Remove stale "Remaining gaps" and "Already adopted" tracking tables from
community-tools.md; detail now lives in PARITY-SOUNDCORK.md
- Update PARITY-SOUNDCORK.md summary to reflect Groups and ZeroConf as done;
add cross-reference to community-tools.md
- Rename remaining "gesellix" project references to "AfterTouch" throughout
community-tools.md (URLs and author attribution unchanged)
- Add soundcork-stockholm-app (entry 7) to community projects list
- Correct DNS priority entry: built-in DNS server requires no external tools
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Replace the simplified tokenType=accesstoken push with the full Spotify
Connect ZeroConf protocol: GET getInfo to fetch the speaker's 768-bit DH
public key, derive AES-128-CTR + HMAC-SHA1 keys from the shared secret,
and POST an encrypted LoginCredentials protobuf blob. Speakers that
receive a proper blob can self-refresh their Spotify session
independently, eliminating the need for periodic re-priming on token
expiry. Falls back to the raw token approach automatically when getInfo
fails, preserving compatibility with older firmware.
SHA1 is mandated by the Spotify Connect ZeroConf protocol spec for DH key derivation. This cannot be changed without breaking protocol compatibility.
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Groups (stereo pairs of ST10 speakers) were read-only — the GET endpoint
always returned an empty <group/>. Add POST /account/{account}/group,
POST /account/{account}/group/{groupId}, and DELETE
/account/{account}/group/{groupId} with datastore persistence, matching
the API shape observed in soundcork. The GET endpoint now reads live
group state from the datastore.
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
feat: log [UNHANDLED] for routes with no local handler
Every request that falls through to HandleNotFound now emits an
[UNHANDLED] METHOD path log line, making it immediately visible when a
speaker calls an endpoint we have not implemented. When proxyLogBody is
enabled the request body is also included (truncated to 512 bytes) and
restored before forwarding, so the proxy still sees the full payload.
Co-Authored-By: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
Naive string concatenation (`rawURL + "&render=json"`) produced
malformed URLs when the input had no query string yet, or already
contained render=json. Replace with tuneInRenderJSONURI which parses and
sets the parameter cleanly. Also fix TuneIn search query encoding in the
self link and section href, and replace the http-prefix check for OPML
URIs with a proper host comparison.
Co-authored-by: Claude Sonnet 4.6 <noreply@anthropic.com>
See https://www.radioplayer.de/apps/bose.html
> Der Radioplayer in BOSE Lautsprechersystemen (ARCHIV)
>
> Bose Soundbar und Bose Soundtouch
>
> ACHTUNG: BOSE steht seit jeher für glasklaren Sound. Im Jahr 2018
wurden daher auch sämtliche Sender des Radioplayers in den SoundBar und
SoundTouch Geräten des Audio-Herstellers aus Massachussets verfügbar
gemacht. Trotz des großen Erfolges der Geräte, besondern auch in
Deutschland, hat sich BOSE jedoch dazu entschieden die Linie der
SoundTouch-Geräte nicht mehr fortzuführen. Die letzte Aktualisierung der
BOSE SoundTouch-App (in der der Radioplayer integriert war, siehe unten)
erfolgte in den App-Stores in 2021. Seither sind einige (neuere) Sender
nicht mehr wie gewohnt verfügbar. BOSE hat zudem verkündet, den Support
der SoundTouch-Geräte zum 18. Februar 2026 komplett einzustellen, was
den Zugriff auf Musikdienste wie den Radioplayer vollends beendet.
- Implement full SoundTouch app flow for Spotify registration in the Web UI.
- Update `/mgmt/spotify/init` to pass `accountID` via OAuth `state`.
- Add "Connect Spotify" button to Local Account tab in Web UI with polling.
- Implement legacy and Marge-sync fallbacks for speaker notifications (Error 1029).
- Add support for parsing multi-error XML responses (`<errors>`) from speakers.
- Add `NotifySourcesUpdated` to client for triggering manual source synchronization.
- Improve test coverage for error parsing and Spotify initialization handlers.
Co-authored-by: Junie <junie@jetbrains.com>
feat: improve Bose SoundTouch parity, Spotify integration, and data
reliability
- Update XML marshaling for ServicePreset and ServiceRecent to match
Bose parity requirements.
- Add support for adding music sources via
`/streaming/account/{account}/source`.
- Implement HandleBoseAccountToken for Spotify OAuth code exchange and
token persistence.
- Implement atomic file writes in the datastore to prevent data
corruption.
- Add startup logic to initialize default sources for existing devices.
- Expand test coverage with new parity regression and Spotify
integration tests.
---------
Co-authored-by: Junie <junie@jetbrains.com>
Co-authored-by: Copilot Autofix powered by AI <62310815+github-advanced-security[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Bumps the golang group with 1 update:
[golang.org/x/image](https://github.com/golang/image).
Updates `golang.org/x/image` from 0.37.0 to 0.38.0
<details>
<summary>Commits</summary>
<ul>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/image/commit/23ae9ed61c1d3343fb95015810f62dcbf444976e"><code>23ae9ed</code></a>
tiff: cap buffer growth to prevent OOM from malicious IFD offset</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/image/commit/e589e60f29d0bbbf6400e250e024f93cbc4961ee"><code>e589e60</code></a>
webp: allow VP8L + VP8X(with alpha)</li>
<li>See full diff in <a
href="https://github.com/golang/image/compare/v0.37.0...v0.38.0">compare
view</a></li>
</ul>
</details>
<br />
[](https://docs.github.com/en/github/managing-security-vulnerabilities/about-dependabot-security-updates#about-compatibility-scores)
Dependabot will resolve any conflicts with this PR as long as you don't
alter it yourself. You can also trigger a rebase manually by commenting
`@dependabot rebase`.
[//]: # (dependabot-automerge-start)
[//]: # (dependabot-automerge-end)
---
<details>
<summary>Dependabot commands and options</summary>
<br />
You can trigger Dependabot actions by commenting on this PR:
- `@dependabot rebase` will rebase this PR
- `@dependabot recreate` will recreate this PR, overwriting any edits
that have been made to it
- `@dependabot show <dependency name> ignore conditions` will show all
of the ignore conditions of the specified dependency
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name> major version` will close this
group update PR and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific
dependency's major version (unless you unignore this specific
dependency's major version or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name> minor version` will close this
group update PR and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific
dependency's minor version (unless you unignore this specific
dependency's minor version or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name>` will close this group update PR
and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific dependency
(unless you unignore this specific dependency or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot unignore <dependency name>` will remove all of the ignore
conditions of the specified dependency
- `@dependabot unignore <dependency name> <ignore condition>` will
remove the ignore condition of the specified dependency and ignore
conditions
</details>
Signed-off-by: dependabot[bot] <support@github.com>
Co-authored-by: dependabot[bot] <49699333+dependabot[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
- Added detailed provider settings display to account overview
- Made 'Language' field editable with auto-save functionality (currently
only `en` and `de` available without actual effect on any UI or speaker
config)
- Made 'SPOTIFY - STREAMING_QUALITY' editable with descriptive quality
options
- ⚠️ this currently only writes the account config, but does not update
the actual speaker setting
- Improved account data persistence and error handling
- Added tests for new management API endpoints and data store changes
---------
Co-authored-by: Junie <junie@jetbrains.com>
Added 'Skip Mirror Endpoints' setting to allow specific requests like
`/oauth/device/*/music/musicprovider/15/token/cs3` to be handled
exclusively locally, even when mirroring is enabled. Updated
MirrorMiddleware to check against the skip list before performing
mirroring or parity logic. Exposed the setting via the Web UI Settings
tab and the CLI. Updated relevant tests to accommodate the configuration
changes.
Co-authored-by: Junie <junie@jetbrains.com>
- Enhance initial and full data synchronization to better align with
upstream services.
- Update data structures in 'pkg/models' to support missing fields
(e.g., SecretType for Spotify).
- Improve 'datastore' persistence logic for presets, recents, and
sources.
- Add comprehensive regression tests for sync and datastore operations.
- Update documentation on parity status and improvements.
Co-authored-by: Junie <junie@jetbrains.com>
Co-authored-by: Junie <junie@jetbrains.com>
- Update `GenerateCertificate` to correctly identify IP addresses and
add them to `IPAddresses` instead of `DNSNames`.
- Update `GetServerTLSConfig` to verify both `DNSNames` and
`IPAddresses` when checking certificate validity.
- Add `TestCertificateManagerIPAddress` to `certmanager_test.go` to
ensure correct encoding and prevent regressions.
- Ensure compliance with RFC 5280 by using binary encoding for IP
addresses in certificates.
- XML Refactoring: Transitioned from manual string concatenation to
structured XML marshaling using specialized Go models to match upstream
API responses exactly.
- Service Enhancements: Implemented robust device discovery via power_on
handling, improved source metadata persistence, and standardized ID
generation logic.
- Parity & Consistency: Fixed data loss and formatting mismatches for
lastplayedat, serialNumber, and nested <source> elements.
- Infrastructure & Testing: Added a comprehensive suite of regression
and parity reproduction tests, centralized common XML constants, and
documented progress.
Co-authored-by: Junie <junie@jetbrains.com>
- Update pkg/service/handlers/handlers_proxy.go and mirror_middleware.go to
use the modern httputil.ReverseProxy.Rewrite hook (available since Go 1.20).
- Fix SA1019 staticcheck warnings triggered by Go 1.26 deprecation notice.
- Refactor proxy initialization to avoid NewSingleHostReverseProxy to prevent
conflicts between Director and Rewrite hooks.
- Standardize request modification using ProxyRequest.SetURL and ProxyRequest.Out.
Co-authored-by: Junie <junie@jetbrains.com>
- Update Go version to 1.26.1 in go.mod and examples to address:
- GO-2026-4602 (os: FileInfo escape)
- GO-2026-4601 (net/url: IPv6 host literal parsing)
- GO-2026-4600 (crypto/x509: panic in name constraint checking)
- GO-2026-4599 (crypto/x509: incorrect email constraint enforcement)
- Upgrade golang.org/x/* and other dependencies to latest stable versions.
- Synchronize go.sum via go mod tidy.
Co-authored-by: Junie <junie@jetbrains.com>
Fix for:
```
Liquid Exception: Liquid syntax error (line 27): Tag '{% // Response: 200 OK %}' was not properly terminated with regexp: /\%\}/ in REQUEST_RECORDING_CONCEPT.md
/usr/local/bundle/gems/liquid-4.0.4/lib/liquid/block_body.rb:132:in `raise_missing_tag_terminator': Liquid syntax error (line 27): Tag '{% (Liquid::SyntaxError)
// Response: 200 OK
%}' was not properly terminated with regexp: /\%\}/
```
- Reorder header setting and WriteHeader calls in HandleMargeAddRecent to ensure Content-Type is correctly sent.
- Update HandleMargeAddRecent to explicitly use 201 Created status code.
- Improve parity mismatch logging to correctly capture headers from local handlers.
- Enhance mirroring logic to support local testing of upstream parity.
- Add RFC-compliant wildcard certificates (*.api.bose.io, *.api.bosecm.com) for automatic API coverage
- Include additional Bose production domains (worldwide.bose.com, music.api.bose.com, bose-prod.apigee.net)
- Implement TLS certificate request logging and wildcard domain matching logic
- Add detailed TLS handshake debugging with connection state tracking
- Wrap TLS listener with logging to capture certificate selection and handshake failures
- Update documentation with wildcard certificate coverage and debugging features
- Normalize test data to use consistent local IP addresses
This enables automatic coverage of all current and future Bose API subdomains
while providing comprehensive TLS debugging for DNS redirection troubleshooting.
- Replace serial number-based directory structure with deviceId from device /info
- Extract migration logic to handle transition from old to new directory structure
- Fix directory resolution bug that prevented proper migration to deviceId-based paths
- Ensure all device data (Presets.xml, Sources.xml, Recents.xml) preserved during transition
- Add configurable migration with --migration-enabled and --migration-dry-run flags
- Update DeviceInfo.xml to reflect authoritative deviceId from device's /info endpoint
- Directory structure now: /devices/{deviceId}/ instead of /devices/{serialNumber}/
This aligns the directory structure with the device's self-declared identity
and ensures data consistency with the device's /info endpoint.
Enhances device identification by adding MAC address normalization and comprehensive documentation.
- Add `MAC-ADDRESS-MAPPING.md` guide explaining device identification and troubleshooting.
- Implement `normalizeMAC` in `DataStore` to handle various MAC formats (case-insensitive, with/without separators).
- Export `EnrichDeviceInfo` in UPnP discovery to allow better integration and testing.
- Update `TROUBLESHOOTING.md` with a new section on device identification issues.
- Add comprehensive integration and diagnostic tests for MAC mapping, case sensitivity, and UPnP discovery.
- Update documentation structure (`README.md`, `SUMMARY.md`) to include the new mapping guide.
- Update `getRecordingPath` to use a timestamp format that includes the date (`20060102-150405.000`).
- Update `parseInteractionFile` and `getFullTimestamp` to handle both the new filename format and the legacy format for backward compatibility.
- Improved parsing logic to reliably extract date, time, and HTTP method from interaction filenames.
Reduces `pkg/discovery` test suite runtime by ~75% (from ~17s to ~4s) by eliminating unnecessary network timeouts and reducing wait intervals.
- Refactor `discovery.Service` to use an injectable `http.Client`, allowing UPnP enrichment tests to use `httptest.Server` instead of waiting for 5s network timeouts.
- Make `DNSDiscovery` forward timeout configurable and reduce it from 2s to 100ms in unit tests.
- Decrease discovery and context timeouts in mDNS and Unified discovery tests to the minimum required for stable verification (typically 100-200ms).
Fixes an issue where device data (e.g., Presets.xml) could not be located when accessed via MAC address because the internal directory structure is organized by serial number.
- Add a `macToSerial` mapping in `DataStore` to bridge MAC addresses from API requests to internal serial-numbered directories.
- Implement automatic mapping population during `DataStore` initialization by scanning `DeviceInfo.xml` files.
- Update `AccountDeviceDir` to transparently resolve MAC addresses to serial numbers for file path construction.
- Enhance UPnP discovery to capture the MAC address (as `serialNumber` in the device description) for better device identification.
- Include automated tests for MAC-to-serial resolution and UPnP enrichment.
Implements the ability to mirror local requests to the official Bose
Cloud in the background, allowing for real-time comparison and parity
analysis between the emulated service and the original backend.
Core Changes:
- Implement `MirrorMiddleware` for asynchronous and synchronous mirroring.
- Add `Parity Logger` to detect discrepancies in status, headers, and body.
- Implement storage for parity mismatches in `data/parity_mismatches/`.
- Add `Internal Paths` configuration to exclude management traffic from logs.
Web UI & API:
- Add "Parity & Mirroring" tab to the Web UI for discrepancy analysis.
- Integrated "Internal Paths" configuration in Settings.
- Add "mirror" category filter to the Interactions UI.
- Implement endpoints for listing and clearing parity mismatches.
Infrastructure & Tools:
- Extend `setup.Manager` with `HTTPGet` override for reliable testing.
- Add CLI flags `--mirror-enabled`, `--mirror-endpoints`, and `--internal-paths`.
- Update `datastore.Settings` to persist mirroring and internal path configurations.
Tests:
- Add `pkg/service/handlers/mirror_test.go` for middleware verification.
- Update `TestProxySettingsAPI` and `TestRecordMiddleware` for new settings.
- Refactor `TestMigrationAndCA` to use mocked network calls (30x speedup).
- Add GET /mgmt/spotify/callback (no auth) for browser OAuth redirect
- Restore POST /mgmt/spotify/confirm (Basic Auth) for ueberboese mobile app
- Callback returns HTML success/error pages; confirm returns JSON
- Both call the same ExchangeCodeAndStore() logic
- Change /mgmt/spotify/confirm from POST to GET (Spotify redirects via GET)
- Move confirm endpoint outside Basic Auth group (code is single-use, needs client_secret)
- Remove --zeroconf-primer-enabled flag (no ZeroConf primer code on this branch)
- Add Spotify/mgmt env var documentation to .env.example
This implementation follows the reference from soundcork pull request #158. It adds RADIO_BROWSER to the known providers and includes the service configuration in bmx_services.json. Documentation has also been added to explain how to use the RadioBrowser feature. Credits to @gmuth (https://github.com/gmuth) for the original idea and implementation in soundcork. Reference: https://github.com/deborahgu/soundcork/pull/158
This commit updates the mock SSH client in the handler tests to support the recently added verification steps. It now correctly handles stateful responses for /etc/hosts and properly responds to file existence and CA trust checks.
This update adds explicit verification checks after applying changes via XML, Hosts, and ResolvConf migration methods. The service now verifies that configuration files are correctly updated on the device before considering the migration successful, preventing unreliable states.
This update allows the service to correctly patch both /etc/udhcpc.d/50default and /opt/Bose/udhcpc.script (used in SoundTouch 10 firmware) for DNS redirection. It also improves robustness by adding file existence checks in rc.local and ensures clean state by reverting to .original backups during migration.
This commit fixes a JS error in showSummary and migrate functions where they were still trying to access the UI element by its old ID 'proxy-domain' instead of the new 'soundcork-url'.
This commit addresses the data race detected in TestRecordMiddleware: - Updated Recorder.Record to clone Request and Response objects (including bodies) before background processing. - Ensures background workers can safely access data after the main request handler has finished. - Enabled synchronous recording in handler tests to ensure deterministic results and avoid race conditions.
This commit addresses the test failures in pkg/service/proxy: - Ensures synchronous recording in tests by setting RECORDER_ASYNC=false. - Adds a Close() method to the Recorder for proper cleanup. - Fixes a panic in TestRecorder_Record_Redaction caused by race conditions.
This commit introduces several key improvements: Performance Optimization (asynchronous recording), Legacy Proxy Control (Soundcork proxy toggle), X-Forwarded-For Sanitization, consistent Soundcork naming across the stack, and various code quality improvements.
- Added strict guardrails for RevertMigration: now fails if .original backup is missing.
- Revert now uses copy (cp) instead of move (mv) to preserve original backups on the device.
- Decoupled reboot from migration/revert processes, making it a manual operation.
- Added standalone Reboot API and manual 'Reboot Speaker' button in the Web UI.
- Separated 'Remove Remote Services' from the revert process to allow independent management.
- Implemented command output capture and display in the Web UI for all setup actions (Migrate, Revert, Trust CA, Backup, Reboot, Remove Remote Services).
- Updated doc.go with a modern overview of the library and SoundTouch service features.
- Fixed several tests to align with new method signatures and behavior changes.
- Renamed pkg/service/crypto to pkg/service/certmanager
- Updated package declaration from 'crypto' to 'certmanager'
- Fixed all import statements across the codebase
- Updated type references from *crypto.CertificateManager to *certmanager.CertificateManager
- Renamed files for consistency: crypto.go -> certmanager.go, crypto_test.go -> certmanager_test.go
- Resolves golangci-lint var-naming issue about conflicting with Go standard library package names
- All tests pass and linter reports 0 issues
Bumps the golang group with 1 update:
[golang.org/x/sys](https://github.com/golang/sys).
Updates `golang.org/x/sys` from 0.40.0 to 0.41.0
<details>
<summary>Commits</summary>
<ul>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/sys/commit/fc646e489fd944b6f77d327ab77f1a4bab81d5ad"><code>fc646e4</code></a>
cpu: use IsProcessorFeaturePresent to calculate ARM64 on windows</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/sys/commit/f11c7bb268eb8a49f5a42afe15387a159a506935"><code>f11c7bb</code></a>
windows: add IsProcessorFeaturePresent and processor feature consts</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/sys/commit/d25a7aaff8c2b056b2059fd7065afe1d4132e082"><code>d25a7aa</code></a>
unix: add IoctlSetString on all platforms</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/sys/commit/6fb913b30f367555467f08da4d60f49996c9b17a"><code>6fb913b</code></a>
unix: return early on error in Recvmsg</li>
<li>See full diff in <a
href="https://github.com/golang/sys/compare/v0.40.0...v0.41.0">compare
view</a></li>
</ul>
</details>
<br />
[](https://docs.github.com/en/github/managing-security-vulnerabilities/about-dependabot-security-updates#about-compatibility-scores)
Dependabot will resolve any conflicts with this PR as long as you don't
alter it yourself. You can also trigger a rebase manually by commenting
`@dependabot rebase`.
[//]: # (dependabot-automerge-start)
[//]: # (dependabot-automerge-end)
---
<details>
<summary>Dependabot commands and options</summary>
<br />
You can trigger Dependabot actions by commenting on this PR:
- `@dependabot rebase` will rebase this PR
- `@dependabot recreate` will recreate this PR, overwriting any edits
that have been made to it
- `@dependabot show <dependency name> ignore conditions` will show all
of the ignore conditions of the specified dependency
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name> major version` will close this
group update PR and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific
dependency's major version (unless you unignore this specific
dependency's major version or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name> minor version` will close this
group update PR and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific
dependency's minor version (unless you unignore this specific
dependency's minor version or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name>` will close this group update PR
and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific dependency
(unless you unignore this specific dependency or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot unignore <dependency name>` will remove all of the ignore
conditions of the specified dependency
- `@dependabot unignore <dependency name> <ignore condition>` will
remove the ignore condition of the specified dependency and ignore
conditions
</details>
Signed-off-by: dependabot[bot] <support@github.com>
Co-authored-by: dependabot[bot] <49699333+dependabot[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
The checksums job was downloading all artifacts including Docker build
artifacts, but it was only designed to process binary artifacts. This
caused failures when the Docker job created artifacts that didn't match
the expected soundtouch-* binary file patterns.
Changed the artifact download to use pattern: binaries-* to only
download the binary artifacts that the checksums generation logic
expects.
Bumps alpine from 3.21 to 3.23.
[](https://docs.github.com/en/github/managing-security-vulnerabilities/about-dependabot-security-updates#about-compatibility-scores)
Dependabot will resolve any conflicts with this PR as long as you don't
alter it yourself. You can also trigger a rebase manually by commenting
`@dependabot rebase`.
[//]: # (dependabot-automerge-start)
[//]: # (dependabot-automerge-end)
---
<details>
<summary>Dependabot commands and options</summary>
<br />
You can trigger Dependabot actions by commenting on this PR:
- `@dependabot rebase` will rebase this PR
- `@dependabot recreate` will recreate this PR, overwriting any edits
that have been made to it
- `@dependabot show <dependency name> ignore conditions` will show all
of the ignore conditions of the specified dependency
- `@dependabot ignore this major version` will close this PR and stop
Dependabot creating any more for this major version (unless you reopen
the PR or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot ignore this minor version` will close this PR and stop
Dependabot creating any more for this minor version (unless you reopen
the PR or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot ignore this dependency` will close this PR and stop
Dependabot creating any more for this dependency (unless you reopen the
PR or upgrade to it yourself)
</details>
Signed-off-by: dependabot[bot] <support@github.com>
Co-authored-by: dependabot[bot] <49699333+dependabot[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
## SoundTouch Service Documentation
### Enhanced README.md
- Added detailed SoundTouch service feature overview and capabilities
- Comprehensive service installation, configuration, and usage guide
- Device migration examples and service endpoint documentation
- Web UI feature description and management interface guide
### Updated docs/SOUNDTOUCH-SERVICE.md
- Complete service architecture overview (BMX, Marge, proxy services)
- Step-by-step device migration guide with troubleshooting
- Full API reference with endpoint documentation and examples
- Web interface feature guide and usage instructions
- Data management, backup strategies, and maintenance procedures
- Advanced usage examples and integration patterns
- Security considerations and performance tuning guide
### New docs/SOUNDTOUCH-SERVICE-ANNOUNCEMENT.md
- Feature announcement and implementation overview
- Detailed comparison with community implementations
- Use cases, future roadmap, and contribution guidelines
## Community Credits & Attribution
### SoundCork Recognition
- Acknowledged as primary architectural inspiration and foundation
- Credited for pioneering service interception and emulation approach
- Recognized for BMX/Marge endpoint discovery and migration strategies
- Noted as providing Python implementation reference
### ÜberBöse API Recognition
- Credited for advanced API endpoint insights and research
- Acknowledged for contributing to implementation completeness
- Recognized for extended protocol documentation
### SoundTouch Plus Recognition
- Credited for comprehensive API documentation via wiki
- Acknowledged for real-world usage patterns and endpoint discovery
- Recognized for enabling preset management feature development
This documentation update ensures proper attribution to the excellent community
projects that inspired our Go implementation while providing comprehensive guides
for users to leverage the new service functionality, particularly valuable given
Bose's cloud service discontinuation in May 2026.
- Updated Go version from 1.25.6 to 1.25.7 in main go.mod
- Updated Go version in example modules (navigation-station-demo, preset-management)
- Fixes TLS vulnerability: Unexpected session resumption in crypto/tls
- Addresses security issue affecting WebSocket, HTTP handlers, and proxy operations
Reference: https://pkg.go.dev/vuln/GO-2026-4337
- Fix content type display tests to expect lowercase 'track' instead of 'Track'
- Content types should display raw API values for technical accuracy
- Fix icon test to expect correct emoji for unknown content types
- Update documentation links in README files:
- Point source selection links to docs/SOURCE-SELECTION.md
- Point navigation links to docs/NAVIGATION-GUIDE.md
- Point zone management links to docs/zone-management.md
- Update service management link to SERVICE-AVAILABILITY-IMPLEMENTATION.md
All tests now pass and documentation links are verified to exist.
✨ New Features:
- Add SelectContentItem() method for direct ContentItem selection
- Add SelectLocalInternetRadio() with full streamUrl format support
- Add SelectLocalMusic() for SoundTouch App Media Server content
- Add SelectStoredMusic() for UPnP/DLNA media server content
📻 streamUrl Format Support:
- Full implementation of wiki specification for LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO
- Support for proxy URLs: http://contentapi.gmuth.de/station.php?name=Station&streamUrl=ActualStream
- Direct stream URL support for simple internet radio
- Complete ContentItem structure with metadata and artwork
🖥️ CLI Commands:
- Add 'source internet-radio' command with streamUrl support
- Add 'source local-music' command for local media server content
- Add 'source stored-music' command for UPnP/DLNA content
- Add 'source content' command for advanced generic selection
- All commands include comprehensive flag support and validation
🧪 Testing:
- Add 17+ comprehensive unit tests covering all scenarios
- Test streamUrl format validation and parsing
- Test error handling and parameter validation
- Test default value assignment and ContentItem construction
- All tests passing with full coverage
📚 Documentation:
- Update CLI-REFERENCE.md with new command examples
- Add complete content-selection example with working code
- Add implementation summary document
- Include API documentation for all new methods
- Add usage examples for both API and CLI
🔗 References:
Implements features from SoundTouch WebServices API Wiki:
- https://github.com/thlucas1/homeassistantcomponent_soundtouchplus/wiki/SoundTouch-WebServices-API#select-local_internet_radio---streamurl-format
- https://github.com/thlucas1/homeassistantcomponent_soundtouchplus/wiki/SoundTouch-WebServices-API#select-local_music🎯 Benefits:
- Complete API coverage for advanced content selection
- Backward compatible with existing code
- Flexible design with both convenience and power-user methods
- Production-ready with comprehensive testing and documentation
Co-authored-by: SoundTouch WebServices API Wiki <https://github.com/thlucas1/homeassistantcomponent_soundtouchplus>
🔥 NEW ENDPOINTS IMPLEMENTED:
📊 /introspect endpoint:
- Get detailed music service state and capabilities data
- Support for SPOTIFY, PANDORA, TUNEIN, AMAZON, DEEZER services
- Service state tracking (Active, Inactive, InactiveUnselected)
- Playback capabilities (skip, seek, resume, data collection)
- Authentication token status and user account information
- Subscription type and content history metadata
📚 /recents endpoint:
- Retrieve recently played content history
- Support for all music sources (Spotify, Local, TuneIn, Pandora, etc.)
- Rich filtering by source type and content type
- Content classification (tracks, stations, playlists, albums)
- Presetable item identification and artwork metadata
- Timestamp tracking with UTC time support
⚡ CLIENT API:
- client.Introspect(source, sourceAccount) method
- client.IntrospectSpotify(sourceAccount) convenience method
- client.GetRecents() method with comprehensive filtering
- Complete error handling and validation
- Rich helper methods for content analysis
🖥️ CLI COMMANDS:
- soundtouch-cli source introspect --source <SERVICE>
- soundtouch-cli source introspect-spotify
- soundtouch-cli source introspect-all (bulk introspect)
- soundtouch-cli recents list [--detailed] [--limit N]
- soundtouch-cli recents filter --source <SRC> --type <TYPE>
- soundtouch-cli recents latest (most recent item)
- soundtouch-cli recents stats (detailed analytics)
📦 MODELS & FEATURES:
- IntrospectRequest/Response with service-specific handling
- RecentsResponse with RecentsResponseItem for individual items
- Rich filtering: GetSpotifyItems(), GetTracks(), GetPresetableItems()
- Content type detection: IsTrack(), IsStation(), IsPlaylist()
- Source classification: IsStreamingContent(), IsLocalContent()
- Full XML marshalling/unmarshalling with proper attribute handling
🧪 COMPREHENSIVE TESTING:
- Unit tests for models with XML parsing validation
- Integration tests for real device communication
- CLI command tests with mock server responses
- Error condition testing and edge case handling
- Performance tests and timeout validation
📖 DOCUMENTATION & EXAMPLES:
- Updated API endpoints overview marking endpoints as implemented
- Comprehensive CLI reference with usage examples
- Removed endpoints from unimplemented list
- Updated wiki implementation plan status
- Complete example applications with README guides
- Real-world usage patterns and best practices
✨ KEY FEATURES:
- Service health monitoring and diagnostics
- Recently played content discovery and analysis
- Preset candidate identification
- Content statistics and usage analytics
- Time-based filtering and relative timestamps
- Rich emoji-based CLI output formatting
- Cross-service compatibility and error handling
This implements two critical missing endpoints from the SoundTouch API,
providing essential functionality for music service management and
recently played content analysis with full programmatic and CLI access.
- Fixed HTTP method mismatch: /playNotification endpoint expects GET, not POST
- Updated PlayNotificationBeep() to use existing c.get() method with StationResponse model
- Resolves HTTP 400 errors when using 'soundtouch-cli sp beep' command
- Verified working with SoundTouch 20 hardware
- Added comprehensive troubleshooting documentation
- Updated feature history with bug fix details
Fixes: go run ./cmd/soundtouch-cli --host <device> sp beep
Previously failed with: 'API request failed with status 400'
Now works correctly alongside: curl http://<device>:8090/playNotification
Add WebSocket event monitoring functionality to soundtouch-cli:
• New 'events subscribe' command for real-time device monitoring
• Support for all 8 event types: nowPlaying, volume, connection, preset, zone, bass, sdkInfo, userActivity
• Event filtering with --filter flag (comma-separated list)
• Duration limits with --duration flag
• Reconnection control with --no-reconnect flag
• Verbose logging with --verbose flag
• Comprehensive test coverage with 349+ test cases
• Full documentation updates in CLI-REFERENCE.md and websocket-events.md
Usage examples:
- soundtouch-cli --host 192.168.1.100 events subscribe
- soundtouch-cli --host 192.168.1.100 events subscribe --filter volume,nowPlaying
- soundtouch-cli --host 192.168.1.100 events subscribe --duration 5m --verbose
Resolves README discrepancy - the documented command now works as expected.
All golangci-lint issues resolved, maintains code quality standards.
- Move SPEAKER_ENDPOINT.md from project root to docs/ directory
- Update README.md documentation link to reflect new path
- Maintain consistency with other documentation organization
- Update API-COVERAGE-ANALYSIS.md:
- Add /speaker and /playNotification to official API table
- Update endpoint count from 18/19 to 20/21 (95% coverage)
- Add notification system to conclusion summary
- Update API-Endpoints-Overview.md:
- Add comprehensive speaker endpoints documentation
- Include TTS and URL playback examples with XML
- Document ST-10 Series compatibility and features
- Update UNIMPLEMENTED-ENDPOINTS.md:
- Mark speaker notification system as ✅ IMPLEMENTED
- Update priority counts (14→12 critical, 15→13 high priority)
- Replace implementation notes with CLI and Go client examples
- Update STATUS.md:
- Add Phase 6: Notification System completion
- Update endpoint count from 26→28 total endpoints
- Add speaker notifications to production ready features
- Document recent major updates with speaker implementation
- Update README.md:
- Add 🔔 Smart Notifications feature to features list
- Add speaker CLI examples and Go library usage examples
- Add Speaker Notifications to API coverage table
- Include SPEAKER_ENDPOINT.md in documentation links
- Update CLI-REFERENCE.md:
- Add comprehensive speaker command section
- Include TTS examples with multi-language support
- Document URL content playback and beep notifications
- Add supported languages list and compatibility notes
- Update FEATURE_HISTORY.md:
- Add Phase 8: Speaker Notification System (February 2025)
- Document TTS, URL playback, and beep functionality
- Update endpoint statistics (27→29 total, 100% coverage)
- Add speaker notification test coverage and CLI commands
All documentation now reflects the complete speaker endpoint implementation
with comprehensive examples, usage patterns, and technical details.
- Add PlayInfo model for TTS and URL content playback requests
- Add SpeakerResponse model for endpoint responses
- Implement client methods: PlayTTS, PlayURL, PlayCustom, PlayNotificationBeep
- Add comprehensive CLI commands for speaker functionality:
- speaker tts: Text-to-Speech with Google TTS and language support
- speaker url: Audio content playback from HTTP/HTTPS URLs
- speaker beep: Simple notification beep sound
- speaker help: Detailed functionality documentation
- Support for volume control (0-100 or current volume)
- Multi-language TTS support (EN, DE, ES, FR, IT, NL, PT, RU, ZH, JA, etc.)
- Custom metadata support for NowPlaying display
- Comprehensive validation and error handling
- Full test suite with XML marshaling/unmarshaling tests
- Complete documentation with API reference and usage examples
- Compatible with ST-10 (Series III) and other supported SoundTouch devices
The /speaker endpoint enables notification and audio content playback,
automatically managing volume restoration and content interruption.
Perfect for home automation, alerts, and custom audio notifications.
- Add container art URL display in verbose mode
- Show shuffle and repeat settings
- Display track ID for streaming services
- Include art image status and URL details
- Add capabilities section showing available controls (skip, favorite, seek)
- Organize verbose output in logical sections for better readability
- All additional details match those available via direct curl API calls
- Update Go version requirement from 1.25.5 to 1.25.6 in all docs (security fix)
- Add golangci-lint tooling information to CONTRIBUTING.md
- Document code quality improvements in STATUS.md including:
- Security vulnerability resolution (GO-2026-4340)
- Cyclomatic complexity reduction for 5 functions
- Comprehensive error handling improvements
- Complete style and formatting compliance
- Add code quality metrics section showing production readiness
- Update development workflow to include modern linting tools
Ensures documentation accurately reflects current security and quality status.
Applied automatic fixes using golangci-lint --fix which resolved:
- All remaining wsl_v5 whitespace issues (28 issues)
- All whitespace formatting issues (1 issue)
- Improved code formatting consistency across the entire codebase
All tests passing and functionality preserved.
- Add missing whitespace above range loops, if statements, and assignments
- Fix whitespace in models package (navigation, serviceavailability, supportedurls)
- Improve whitespace in test files and examples
- Fix whitespace in client package methods
- Maintain code functionality while improving readability
Reduced wsl_v5 issues from 29 to 27.
- Remove unused parsePaginationParams function from cmd_navigation.go
- Remove unused validateSource function from cmd_navigation.go
- Clean up dead code and related comments
Addresses 'unused' linting issues and improves code maintainability.
- Add missing whitespace in navigation.go model methods
- Fix whitespace around variable declarations in supportedurls.go
- Remove unnecessary whitespace in navigation_test.go
- Improve code readability and consistency
Reduced wsl_v5 issues and maintained all functionality.
- Remove unnecessary trailing/leading whitespace
- Add missing whitespace above return statements, if statements, and loops
- Fix whitespace around variable declarations and assignments
- Improve code readability by following Go whitespace conventions
- Maintain functionality while improving code style consistency
Addresses majority of wsl_v5 and whitespace linting rules.
- Fix error string capitalization to follow Go guidelines (ST1005)
- Fix unchecked error returns in test files (errcheck)
- Replace nil-nil return with proper error for non-TuneIn URLs (nilnil)
- Add missing comments for exported service type constants (revive)
- Rename unused parameters to underscore in test handlers (revive)
- Add t.Helper() calls to test helper functions (thelper)
- Update test expectations to match lowercase error messages
This addresses all critical linting issues while maintaining functionality.
- Lowercase error messages in GetPandoraStations, SearchPandoraStations, and SearchSpotifyContent
- Follows Go convention that error strings should not be capitalized unless they begin with proper nouns
- Updated go.mod files to require Go 1.25.6
- Fixes vulnerability in crypto/tls package related to handshake message processing
- All example modules also updated to maintain consistency
- Verified with govulncheck: no vulnerabilities found
✨ New Features:
- Implement missing /supportedURLs endpoint with full XML parsing
- Add comprehensive endpoint-to-feature mapping system (15+ features, 9 categories)
- Create device capability analysis with personalized recommendations
- Add intelligent device classification (Premium, Standard, Basic, Essential, Limited)
🔧 CLI Enhancements:
- Add 'supported-urls' command with --features and --verbose flags
- Add 'analyze' command for comprehensive device capability analysis
- Add 'station list' command for saved station management
- Add 'source availability' and 'source compare' commands
- Enhanced service availability checking across all commands
📚 Models & API:
- New SupportedURLsResponse model with rich helper methods
- Enhanced ServiceAvailability model with validation utilities
- New EndpointFeature mapping system with CLI command references
- Feature completeness scoring and partial implementation detection
🧪 Testing:
- 35+ new test cases covering all functionality
- Comprehensive feature mapping validation tests
- Service availability integration tests with real device scenarios
- Mock server tests for error handling and edge cases
📖 Documentation:
- New FEATURE-MAPPING-GUIDE.md with comprehensive usage examples
- Updated API documentation with correct implementation status
- CLI command reference organized by feature category
- Device troubleshooting guide with capability checking
🎯 Key Capabilities:
- Device feature coverage scoring (0-100%)
- Essential vs optional feature classification
- Personalized CLI command recommendations
- Missing capability detection with usage impact analysis
- Smart device type classification based on supported endpoints
This resolves the documentation inconsistency where /supportedURLs was marked as
implemented but was actually missing from the client. The new implementation goes
far beyond basic endpoint listing to provide intelligent device capability analysis
and personalized usage recommendations.
- Add missing CLI commands for navigation and station management functionality
- Implement browse commands (content, menu, container, tunein, pandora, stored-music)
- Implement station commands (search, add, remove) for all sources (TuneIn, Pandora, Spotify)
- Create comprehensive examples for preset management and navigation/station demo
- Update all documentation to properly credit SoundTouch Plus Wiki as endpoint source
- Correct attribution from 'reverse engineering' to community-documented endpoints
- Add Related Projects section acknowledging SoundTouch Plus and SoundCork
- Update API coverage documentation to reflect 100% functional implementation
- Resolve GitHub issue #14 with complete preset management and direct content playback
Resolves: #14
Implements the complete /navigate, /searchStation, /addStation, and /removeStation
API endpoints with full client support, models, tests, and documentation.
This resolves GitHub issue #14 by enabling direct radio station and custom
stream playback without requiring preset storage first.
## New Features
### Content Navigation
- Browse content sources (TuneIn, Pandora, Spotify, stored music)
- Navigate directory structures in music libraries
- Paginated browsing with configurable page sizes
- Menu-based navigation for services like Pandora
### Station Search & Discovery
- Search across music services for stations, artists, songs
- Service-specific search methods for TuneIn, Pandora, Spotify
- Smart result categorization (songs vs artists vs stations)
- Rich metadata including artwork and descriptions
### Station Management
- Add stations to collections with immediate playback
- Remove stations from user collections
- Token-based operations for discovered content
- WebSocket event generation for real-time updates
## Implementation Details
### New Client Methods
- Navigate(), NavigateWithMenu(), NavigateContainer()
- SearchStation(), SearchTuneInStations(), SearchPandoraStations(), SearchSpotifyContent()
- AddStation(), RemoveStation()
- GetTuneInStations(), GetPandoraStations(), GetStoredMusicLibrary()
### New Models (pkg/models/navigation.go)
- NavigateRequest/Response with helper methods
- SearchStationRequest/Response with result filtering
- AddStationRequest, RemoveStationRequest, StationResponse
- Rich helper methods for type detection and display formatting
### Enhanced HTTP Client
- Added postWithResponse() method for POST requests with XML response parsing
- Proper error handling with API error response parsing
- XML marshaling/unmarshaling for all new request/response types
## Testing
### Comprehensive Test Suite
- Unit tests for all client methods (navigation_test.go)
- XML validation tests (navigation_xml_test.go)
- Integration tests for real devices (navigation_integration_test.go)
- Example workflows (navigation_examples_test.go)
- Complete model tests (navigation_test.go)
- Edge case and error handling tests
### Test Coverage
- ~50 new test cases across different categories
- 100% coverage of new navigation methods
- XML protocol compliance verification
- Performance benchmarking capabilities
- Integration testing ready for real devices
## Documentation
### User-Focused Guide (docs/NAVIGATION-GUIDE.md)
- Complete usage examples from basic to advanced
- Real-world workflows (discover → search → add → play)
- Error handling patterns and best practices
- Service-specific guidance (TuneIn vs Pandora vs Spotify)
- Performance optimization tips
### Technical Reference (docs/API-NAVIGATION-REFERENCE.md)
- Complete API method documentation
- Model specifications with helper methods
- HTTP endpoint mapping with XML examples
- Error codes and troubleshooting guide
- XML schema definitions
### Updated README.md
- Added navigation to API coverage
- Updated documentation links
- Enhanced feature list
## API Endpoints Implemented
- POST /navigate - Browse content sources
- POST /searchStation - Search for stations and content
- POST /addStation - Add station and immediately play
- POST /removeStation - Remove station from collection
## Breaking Changes
None - all additions are backwards compatible.
## Usage Examples
This implementation enables the complete workflow requested in issue #14:
direct radio station and custom stream playback without preset dependencies.
- Add StorePreset, StoreCurrentAsPreset, and RemovePreset methods to client
- Create comprehensive preset management CLI with subcommands:
* preset store-current --slot N (store currently playing content)
* preset store --slot N --source X --location Y (store specific content)
* preset remove --slot N (remove preset)
* preset select --slot N (select/play preset)
* preset list (list all presets)
- Fix WebSocket event handling for preset updates:
* Correct event type from 'presetUpdated' to 'presetsUpdated'
* Update event structure to handle complete preset list
* Improve WebSocket demo display for preset events
- Add comprehensive test coverage for all new client methods
- Fix mock server URL mismatch in tests (/now_playing vs /nowPlaying)
- Add proper input validation and error handling
- Support all content sources: SPOTIFY, TUNEIN, LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO, etc.
Successfully tested with real SoundTouch device:
- Storing Spotify content as presets ✅
- Removing presets ✅
- Real-time WebSocket events ✅
- CLI usability and error handling ✅Resolves#14 - Complete /storePreset implementation
- Add automatic display of ContentItem location (URI/ID) for all sources with location data
- Add --verbose flag to 'play now' command for detailed content information
- Show location details by default for any source (SPOTIFY, TUNEIN, PANDORA, STORED_MUSIC, etc.)
- Add comprehensive test coverage for content details display logic
- Add preset-store.md documentation for future /storePreset implementation
- Update documentation to reflect universal location support
This enables users to easily capture location URIs needed for the planned /storePreset feature:
- Spotify: spotify:track:123456789
- TUNEIN: /v1/playback/station/s33828
- Internet Radio: https://stream.example.com/radio
- NAS Music: 6_a2874b5d_4f83d999
- Pandora: 126740707481236361
Resolves#14 preparation work
Bumps the golang group with 2 updates:
[golang.org/x/net](https://github.com/golang/net) and
[golang.org/x/tools](https://github.com/golang/tools).
Updates `golang.org/x/net` from 0.48.0 to 0.49.0
<details>
<summary>Commits</summary>
<ul>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/net/commit/d977772e17ccaa1903b2af736f6405ab3a9f05cc"><code>d977772</code></a>
go.mod: update golang.org/x dependencies</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/net/commit/eea413e2942fbb59b323a2af0b1740da4d8aa93e"><code>eea413e</code></a>
internal/http3: use go1.25 synctest.Test instead of go1.24
synctest.Run</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/net/commit/9ace223794aa203b4c877d08a1f7bf2f595f6242"><code>9ace223</code></a>
websocket: add missing call to resp.Body.Close</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/net/commit/7d3dbb06ceb45c3180f4f446cd635e6b59a0b9c2"><code>7d3dbb0</code></a>
http2: buffer the most recently received PRIORITY_UPDATE frame</li>
<li>See full diff in <a
href="https://github.com/golang/net/compare/v0.48.0...v0.49.0">compare
view</a></li>
</ul>
</details>
<br />
Updates `golang.org/x/tools` from 0.40.0 to 0.41.0
<details>
<summary>Commits</summary>
<ul>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/tools/commit/2ad2b30edf98d0e3b67a7b3e8f6d1d6e41c963c3"><code>2ad2b30</code></a>
go.mod: update golang.org/x dependencies</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/tools/commit/5832cce571d5c6583d80a58f5c0ff69664056e6c"><code>5832cce</code></a>
internal/diff/lcs: introduce line diffs</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/tools/commit/67c42573e2e2b0a6b9c421a2bd2ef4c95adb93d5"><code>67c4257</code></a>
gopls/internal/golang: Definition: fix Windows bug wrt //go:embed</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/tools/commit/12c1f0453e55dae26e5fa2206e34a059380e6191"><code>12c1f04</code></a>
gopls/completion: check Selection invariant</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/tools/commit/6d871857886c38ce4fbc25c25c4da1619271051e"><code>6d87185</code></a>
internal/server: add vulncheck scanning after vulncheck prompt</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/tools/commit/0c3a1fec5617ed70197ee010406883919ede02d7"><code>0c3a1fe</code></a>
go/ast/inspector: FindByPos returns the first innermost node</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/tools/commit/ca281cf9505443eb482db8a3e806721c29dfa7f2"><code>ca281cf</code></a>
go/analysis/passes/ctrlflow: add noreturn funcs from popular pkgs</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/tools/commit/09c21a934282b0bcf790d54982ff24b869f832c9"><code>09c21a9</code></a>
gopls/internal/analysis/unusedfunc: remove warnings for unused enum
consts</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/tools/commit/03cb4551c662c0e078502fe5f317ca4114b89cd8"><code>03cb455</code></a>
internal/modindex: suppress missing modcacheindex message</li>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/tools/commit/15d13e8a95dd0247dec2960fb57e85252984509d"><code>15d13e8</code></a>
gopls/internal/util/typesutil: refine EnclosingSignature bug.Report</li>
<li>Additional commits viewable in <a
href="https://github.com/golang/tools/compare/v0.40.0...v0.41.0">compare
view</a></li>
</ul>
</details>
<br />
Dependabot will resolve any conflicts with this PR as long as you don't
alter it yourself. You can also trigger a rebase manually by commenting
`@dependabot rebase`.
[//]: # (dependabot-automerge-start)
[//]: # (dependabot-automerge-end)
---
<details>
<summary>Dependabot commands and options</summary>
<br />
You can trigger Dependabot actions by commenting on this PR:
- `@dependabot rebase` will rebase this PR
- `@dependabot recreate` will recreate this PR, overwriting any edits
that have been made to it
- `@dependabot merge` will merge this PR after your CI passes on it
- `@dependabot squash and merge` will squash and merge this PR after
your CI passes on it
- `@dependabot cancel merge` will cancel a previously requested merge
and block automerging
- `@dependabot reopen` will reopen this PR if it is closed
- `@dependabot close` will close this PR and stop Dependabot recreating
it. You can achieve the same result by closing it manually
- `@dependabot show <dependency name> ignore conditions` will show all
of the ignore conditions of the specified dependency
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name> major version` will close this
group update PR and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific
dependency's major version (unless you unignore this specific
dependency's major version or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name> minor version` will close this
group update PR and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific
dependency's minor version (unless you unignore this specific
dependency's minor version or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name>` will close this group update PR
and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific dependency
(unless you unignore this specific dependency or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot unignore <dependency name>` will remove all of the ignore
conditions of the specified dependency
- `@dependabot unignore <dependency name> <ignore condition>` will
remove the ignore condition of the specified dependency and ignore
conditions
</details>
Signed-off-by: dependabot[bot] <support@github.com>
Co-authored-by: dependabot[bot] <49699333+dependabot[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Bumps the golang group with 1 update:
[golang.org/x/mod](https://github.com/golang/mod).
Updates `golang.org/x/mod` from 0.31.0 to 0.32.0
<details>
<summary>Commits</summary>
<ul>
<li><a
href="https://github.com/golang/mod/commit/4c04067938546e62fc0572259a68a6912726bcdd"><code>4c04067</code></a>
go.mod: update golang.org/x dependencies</li>
<li>See full diff in <a
href="https://github.com/golang/mod/compare/v0.31.0...v0.32.0">compare
view</a></li>
</ul>
</details>
<br />
[](https://docs.github.com/en/github/managing-security-vulnerabilities/about-dependabot-security-updates#about-compatibility-scores)
Dependabot will resolve any conflicts with this PR as long as you don't
alter it yourself. You can also trigger a rebase manually by commenting
`@dependabot rebase`.
[//]: # (dependabot-automerge-start)
[//]: # (dependabot-automerge-end)
---
<details>
<summary>Dependabot commands and options</summary>
<br />
You can trigger Dependabot actions by commenting on this PR:
- `@dependabot rebase` will rebase this PR
- `@dependabot recreate` will recreate this PR, overwriting any edits
that have been made to it
- `@dependabot merge` will merge this PR after your CI passes on it
- `@dependabot squash and merge` will squash and merge this PR after
your CI passes on it
- `@dependabot cancel merge` will cancel a previously requested merge
and block automerging
- `@dependabot reopen` will reopen this PR if it is closed
- `@dependabot close` will close this PR and stop Dependabot recreating
it. You can achieve the same result by closing it manually
- `@dependabot show <dependency name> ignore conditions` will show all
of the ignore conditions of the specified dependency
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name> major version` will close this
group update PR and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific
dependency's major version (unless you unignore this specific
dependency's major version or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name> minor version` will close this
group update PR and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific
dependency's minor version (unless you unignore this specific
dependency's minor version or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot ignore <dependency name>` will close this group update PR
and stop Dependabot creating any more for the specific dependency
(unless you unignore this specific dependency or upgrade to it yourself)
- `@dependabot unignore <dependency name>` will remove all of the ignore
conditions of the specified dependency
- `@dependabot unignore <dependency name> <ignore condition>` will
remove the ignore condition of the specified dependency and ignore
conditions
</details>
Signed-off-by: dependabot[bot] <support@github.com>
Co-authored-by: dependabot[bot] <49699333+dependabot[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Major Features:
• Implement complete /requestToken API endpoint for bearer token generation
• Fix clock time parsing and display with comprehensive time information
• Add comprehensive API documentation for 103 discovered endpoints
/requestToken Implementation:
• Add BearerToken model with full XML marshaling support
• Add RequestToken() client method with proper error handling
• Add 'soundtouch-cli token request' CLI command with security features
• Token validation, formatting, and secure display (truncated for security)
• Comprehensive unit tests and integration tests
• Support for Authorization header formatting and raw token extraction
Clock Time Fixes:
• Fix ClockTime model to match actual device XML response structure
• Add LocalTime component for nested time details
• Support for utcTime, timeFormat, brightness, clockError attributes
• Enhanced CLI display with comprehensive time information
• Fixed month conversion (device uses 0-11, Go uses 1-12)
Documentation Enhancements:
• Add comprehensive /supportedURLs endpoint analysis (103 endpoints discovered)
• Create detailed unimplemented endpoints documentation with examples
• Update API coverage from 34% implemented to full endpoint catalog
• Add SoundTouch End of Life notice with May 6, 2026 details
• Enhanced endpoint descriptions with real device response examples
Security:
• All tests use generic token examples (no real tokens exposed)
• Integration tests validate token properties without exposing values
• Secure token display with truncation in CLI and string representations
• Environment variable based testing for real devices
Testing:
• 15+ new test functions with comprehensive coverage
• Real device validation on 192.168.178.28 and 192.168.178.35
• Mock server tests and XML marshaling validation
• Integration tests with SOUNDTOUCH_TEST_HOST environment variable
CLI Enhancements:
• Enhanced clock time display with local time details and device settings
• New token management commands with usage instructions
• Improved error handling and user-friendly output formatting
- Add recursive sortCommands function to sort commands and subcommands alphabetically
- Add sortFlags function to sort flags alphabetically by name
- Add getFlagName helper to extract flag names from different flag types
- Sort both top-level commands and all nested subcommands recursively
- Sort command-specific flags while preserving auto-generated help flags
- Improve CLI usability by making commands and options easier to find
Commands and subcommands are now displayed in alphabetical order in help output.
All user-defined flags are sorted alphabetically within each command.
- Use package-level variables instead of mixed return/ignore pattern
- Call updateBuildInfo() once at startup instead of multiple function calls
- Cleaner, more consistent design with single responsibility
- Eliminates confusing 'version, _, _' usage pattern
Thanks for the excellent code review feedback!
Remove unnecessary truncation of Git commit hash from vcs.revision.
The full hash provides better traceability and eliminates arbitrary
magic numbers in the code.
Simpler, cleaner, and more robust approach.
- Use debug.ReadBuildInfo() for version information (Go 1.18+ best practice)
- Extract version from module info and VCS settings (vcs.revision, vcs.time)
- Remove complex ldflags setup from Makefile and GitHub workflows
- Simplify build process while maintaining all version information
- Cleaner approach recommended by Go community
Thanks to Gopher Slack feedback for this improvement!
Correct the disclaimer to state that the project is based on official
Bose SoundTouch Web API documentation provided by Bose Corporation,
not reverse-engineering. The implementation follows the official API
specification that Bose made available.
Maintains accurate statement that the project is independent and not
affiliated with Bose Corporation.
- Update CONTRIBUTING.md to require Go 1.25.5 or later
- Update README.md prerequisites
- Update GETTING-STARTED.md requirements
- Update Dockerfile examples to use golang:1.25-alpine
- Update issue templates to reflect supported Go versions
- Ensure consistency across all documentation files
All CI workflows already use go-version-file: go.mod so they
automatically pick up the correct version from go.mod.
- Add CONTRIBUTING.md with detailed contributor guidelines
- Create GitHub issue templates (bug reports, feature requests, device compatibility)
- Add pull request template with comprehensive checklist
- Create FEATURE_HISTORY.md documenting development evolution
- Streamline README.md to focus on overview and usage
- Improve documentation organization and clarity
The project now has proper contribution guidelines following GitHub best practices,
making it easier for new contributors to get started and maintain consistent
quality standards.
- Fix package declaration in doc.go (main -> soundtouch)
- Update all documentation to reflect 100% API endpoint completion
- Clarify trackInfo as implemented but device-dependent
- Properly exclude POST /presets as officially N/A by Bose
- Update PLAN.md phases 1-6 to show COMPLETE status
- Update STATUS.md statistics to show 26/26 endpoints (100%)
- Update README.md to show accurate completion status
- Align all documentation for consistent project status
The library now correctly shows complete implementation of all
available and functional SoundTouch API endpoints.
Move example files to separate packages to avoid main redeclaration. Fix cyclomatic complexity and variable shadowing. Address errcheck and wsl linting issues. Update tests to handle capabilities and fix panics. Apply consistent formatting with gofmt.
The official API specification requires that advanced audio endpoints are
only available if the specific capability is listed in GET /capabilities.
## Changes
### Capability Checking Implementation
- GetAudioDSPControls() now checks for 'audiodspcontrols' capability first
- GetAudioProductToneControls() checks for 'audioproducttonecontrols' capability
- GetAudioProductLevelControls() checks for 'audioproductlevelcontrols' capability
- Added hasCapability() helper method for capability verification
### Error Handling
- Clear error messages when advanced features not supported by device
- Graceful degradation for consumer devices without professional features
- Proper validation flow: capability check → endpoint access → validation
### Documentation Updates
- Emphasizes conditional availability based on device capabilities
- Updated API coverage to reflect capability-dependent implementation
- Clarifies that advanced audio controls are professional/high-end features
## Device Behavior
### Consumer Devices (SoundTouch 10, 20, 30)
- Advanced audio methods return clear 'not supported' errors
- Basic audio controls remain fully functional
- No breaking changes to existing functionality
### Professional Devices
- Full access to advanced audio controls when capabilities present
- Automatic capability verification ensures API compliance
- Complete validation and error handling maintained
## API Compliance
- Now correctly implements conditional endpoint availability per API spec
- Aligns with official documentation requirement for capability checking
- Maintains 100% API specification compliance for supported features
This fix ensures the implementation correctly follows the official API
specification's requirement for capability-based feature availability.
Completes the implementation of all official Bose SoundTouch Web API v1.0
endpoints, achieving 100% official API coverage.
## New Features
### DSP Audio Controls (/audiodspcontrols)
- GetAudioDSPControls() - Get current DSP settings and supported audio modes
- SetAudioDSPControls() - Set audio mode and video sync delay
- SetAudioMode() - Set audio mode only (NORMAL, DIALOG, MUSIC, MOVIE, etc.)
- SetVideoSyncAudioDelay() - Set video sync delay only
### Advanced Tone Controls (/audioproducttonecontrols)
- GetAudioProductToneControls() - Get advanced bass/treble settings with ranges
- SetAudioProductToneControls() - Set both bass and treble
- SetAdvancedBass() - Set advanced bass level only
- SetAdvancedTreble() - Set advanced treble level only
### Speaker Level Controls (/audioproductlevelcontrols)
- GetAudioProductLevelControls() - Get front-center and rear-surround levels
- SetAudioProductLevelControls() - Set both speaker levels
- SetFrontCenterSpeakerLevel() - Set front-center speaker level only
- SetRearSurroundSpeakersLevel() - Set rear-surround speakers level only
## Implementation Details
### Models & Validation
- Complete XML marshaling/unmarshaling with proper struct separation
- Comprehensive input validation with device capability checking
- Support for device-specific ranges and step values
- Proper error handling and constraint validation
### CLI Integration
- Full CLI command tree: audio -> {dsp,tone,level} -> {get,set,specific}
- Rich help text with device-specific guidance
- Flexible parameter handling (individual or combined operations)
- Professional usage examples and CLI command demonstrations
### Testing Coverage
- 748+ lines of comprehensive model tests
- 786+ lines of client integration tests
- XML marshaling/unmarshaling validation
- Error handling and edge case coverage
- Network error simulation and validation testing
## Device Compatibility
### Consumer Devices (SoundTouch 10, 20, 30)
- ✅ Basic controls (bass, volume, balance)
- ❌ Advanced audio controls (professional feature)
### Professional/High-end Devices
- ✅ All basic controls
- ✅ DSP audio modes and video sync
- ✅ Advanced bass/treble controls
- ✅ Speaker level controls (surround systems)
## Documentation & Examples
### Updated Coverage Documentation
- README.md: Updated to 100% complete (19/19 endpoints)
- API-Endpoints-Overview.md: Complete coverage analysis
- API-COVERAGE-ANALYSIS.md: Achievement of full API implementation
### Comprehensive Examples
- advanced-audio-controls.go: Complete usage demonstration
- CLI command examples and device compatibility guide
- Error handling and validation examples
## Final API Status
- ✅ **19/19 Official Endpoints Implemented** (100%)
- ✅ **18/19 Functional on Real Devices** (95%)
- ❌ **1 Endpoint Non-functional** (/trackInfo times out on hardware)
- 🔍 **5 Extended Features** (beyond official API v1.0)
This completes the most comprehensive Bose SoundTouch API implementation
available, covering all documented endpoints plus extended functionality.
- Specify that '/now_playing' endpoint is the API alternative
- Clarify that CLI 'now' command (playback status) is the CLI alternative
- Distinguish between the two 'now' CLI commands (playback vs clock)
- Update warning messages to be more specific about alternatives
Based on real device testing, the /trackInfo endpoint returns
'AllegroWebserver timeout' errors despite being documented in the
official Bose SoundTouch Web API v1.0 specification.
## Changes
- Updated API coverage from 89% to 84% (16/19 functional endpoints)
- Marked /trackInfo as ❌ Non-functional in all documentation
- Added warning comments to GetTrackInfo() method
- Updated CLI command with warning message
- Recommend using /now_playing instead for track information
## Real Device Evidence
- Device: SoundTouch at 192.168.178.28:8090
- Error: 'AllegroWebserver timeout: /trackInfo'
- Status: Endpoint documented but not working on hardware
This reflects the reality that some officially documented endpoints
may not function properly on actual devices, emphasizing the importance
of real hardware testing in API implementation.
- Use /binary-name pattern to exclude only root-level executables
- Keep cmd/ directories properly tracked in git
- Prevents accidentally committing built binaries while preserving source code
Implements the remaining zone slave management endpoints from the official
Bose SoundTouch Web API v1.0 specification, bringing API coverage to 89%.
## New Features
### Client Methods
- AddZoneSlave(masterID, slaveID, slaveIP) - Add individual device to zone
- AddZoneSlaveByDeviceID(masterID, slaveID) - Add device by ID only
- RemoveZoneSlave(masterID, slaveID, slaveIP) - Remove individual device
- RemoveZoneSlaveByDeviceID(masterID, slaveID) - Remove device by ID only
### Models
- ZoneSlaveRequest - Request structure for slave operations
- ZoneSlaveEntry - Individual slave entry with IP address support
- Complete XML marshaling/unmarshaling with proper omitempty handling
- Comprehensive validation and error handling
### CLI Commands
- zone add-slave --master ID --slave ID [--slave-ip IP]
- zone remove-slave --master ID --slave ID [--slave-ip IP]
## Implementation Details
- Follows official API specification exactly (POST /addZoneSlave, /removeZoneSlave)
- Supports both device ID + IP and device ID only operations
- Comprehensive input validation (IP addresses, device ID conflicts)
- Proper XML formatting with omitempty for optional IP addresses
- Extensive test coverage (580+ lines of tests)
- Integration with existing high-level zone management API
## Testing
- 200+ new test cases covering all functionality
- Complete model validation and XML marshaling tests
- HTTP client integration tests with mock servers
- Error handling and edge case coverage
- Network error simulation tests
## Documentation Updates
- Updated API coverage from 84% to 89% (17/19 endpoints)
- Comprehensive API coverage analysis document
- Updated README.md with new endpoint status
- Added practical usage examples
- CLI help documentation
## Compatibility
- Maintains full backward compatibility
- Complements existing high-level zone API
- Users can choose between low-level official API or enhanced high-level API
- No breaking changes to existing functionality
This implementation provides both the exact official API endpoints and
enhanced high-level zone management, giving users maximum flexibility
for zone operations while maintaining full API compliance.
- Fix inaccuracies in API-Endpoints-Overview.md:
* Mark bassCapabilities, trackInfo, and SetName as implemented
* Update zone management and WebSocket status to implemented
* Correct official API coverage from 94% to 84%
- Update README.md API coverage table:
* Add missing implemented endpoints (bassCapabilities, trackInfo, SetName)
* Add missing official endpoints with proper status
* Update implementation percentage to reflect actual coverage
- Add comprehensive API-COVERAGE-ANALYSIS.md:
* Complete analysis of 16/19 official endpoints implemented (84%)
* Document 5 extended features beyond official API v1.0
* Detailed impact assessment of 3 missing professional endpoints
* Analysis of superior zone management implementation
* Testing coverage and recommendations
Key findings:
- All essential functionality is 100% implemented
- Missing endpoints are low-impact professional/audiophile features
- Zone management uses superior high-level API vs low-level official approach
- Extended features include balance, clock, and network management
- Comprehensive WebSocket event system implemented
- Fix WebSocket URL construction by properly extracting hostname from base URL
- Add 'gabbo' protocol requirement as specified in SoundTouch API docs
- Add parsing for SoundTouchSdkInfo and UserActivityUpdate messages
- Add proper filtering support for special message types (sdkInfo, userActivity)
- Fix nil pointer dereference by ensuring WebSocket client always has a logger
- Add SilentLogger for non-verbose mode to prevent crashes
- Update README and help text to include new special message types
- Clean up logging to only show unknown message types, not known special messages
Fixes the original WebSocket connection error:
'parse "ws://http:%2F%2F192.168.178.28:8090:8080/": invalid URL escape "%2F"'
2026-01-10 23:49:54 +01:00
719 changed files with 159902 additions and 4148 deletions
Entry point for any Claude Code (or human) session working on this
repository. Read it before touching code.
## What this project is
Go library and toolset for controlling Bose SoundTouch speakers via
the local network API, plus a local cloud-service emulator. Bose
discontinued the SoundTouch cloud — this project keeps existing
speakers usable without it.
**Module:**`github.com/gesellix/bose-soundtouch`
Key binaries:
-`soundtouch-cli` — command-line control of one or more speakers
(status, play, presets, groups, migration, …).
-`soundtouch-service` — replacement for `streaming.bose.com`
and the `bmx` services, default port `8000`.
-`soundtouch-web` — Web UI for Radio browsing and device control.
-`soundtouch-backup` — Helper for on-device backup and restore.
Per-session pickup notes live in two local files at the repo root (they are `.gitignore`d and only exist if created during a session):
-`NEXT.md` — current "pick up here" log of open items.
-`DONE.md` — archive of recently resolved items.
## How a new session should start
1. Read this file.
2. Read `NEXT.md` if it's present — that's where running context lives.
3. Skim `README.md` for the user-facing pitch.
4. Skim `docs/` for the area you're touching. Long-form notes
(analysis, guides, troubleshooting) live there, not in the code.
5. Run `make check` once to confirm the local environment compiles,
vets, and tests cleanly.
## Build, test, run
```bash
# Build
make build # All binaries
make build-cli # Just CLI
make build-service # Just service
make build-web # Just web UI
make build-all # Cross-platform builds (Linux, macOS, Windows)
make install # Install to $GOPATH/bin
# Quality
make test# Unit tests
make test-coverage # Coverage reports
make check # fmt + vet + test
make lint # golangci-lint
make update-static-deps # Update frontend libraries (preact, htm) from node_modules
# Automation
A GitHub Action automatically runs `make update-static-deps` on Dependabot PRs that modify `package.json` to keep the vendored `.js` files in sync. Note: This requires `npm` to be installed.
# Development
make dev-service # Run local service on port 8000
make dev-discover # Discover devices on the LAN
make dev-info HOST=<ip> # Get device info
# Docker
make docker-build
make docker-run-host
```
**Pre-push quality gate:**`make lint` (golangci-lint) must be clean
before `git push`. CI runs it on every PR; running it locally first
saves a round-trip. `make check` covers `lint` is its own target —
combine as needed.
## Integration tests
The `.http` integration tests under `tests/integration/http-client/`
run via `make test-http-client`, which spins up the service plus
support mocks (`spotify-mock`, `amazon-mock`) using
`docker-compose.yml` + `docker-compose.ci.yml`, executes the suite
through the JetBrains HTTP client image, then tears the stack down.
Requires Docker.
The compose CI override mounts `tests/integration/testdata/` into the
service container as its persistent data dir. That directory is
listed in `tests/.gitignore` — it's local developer state, not source.
**Treat the testdata dir as debug evidence, not disposable scratch.**
When a fixture or schema change makes the old state stale (e.g.
post-anonymisation, the previous run's IPs no longer match the
assertions), don't `rm -rf` it — archive it:
```bash
make test-http-client-rotate # renames testdata/ → testdata_<timestamp>/
make test-http-client # fresh run on a clean slate
```
The rotate target is non-destructive (it moves, never deletes) and
opt-in (no other target invokes it). Old archives stay around for
Thank you for your interest in contributing to the Bose SoundTouch API Client! This project aims to provide a comprehensive, reliable, and well-tested Go library for controlling Bose SoundTouch devices.
- **Bug fixes** — even just a clear reproducer in an issue is a real contribution.
- **Donations** — if the project kept a speaker (or several) of yours alive past the Bose cloud shutdown and you want to give back, [GitHub Sponsors](https://github.com/sponsors/gesellix) is open. No expectation; everything in this repo stays MIT regardless.
By submitting a code or documentation contribution you agree to license it under MIT. The detailed guides below cover the mechanics.
This project adheres to our [Code of Conduct](CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md). By participating, you are expected to uphold this code. Please report unacceptable behavior to the project maintainers.
## Getting Started
### Prerequisites
- **Go 1.25.6 or later**: [Download Go](https://golang.org/dl/)
- **Git**: For version control
- **Make**: For build automation (optional but recommended)
- **SoundTouch Device**: For testing (optional but valuable)
A standalone tool for backing up Bose SoundTouch data — both your **cloud account** (presets, devices, sources) and the **local filesystem** of each speaker — before the Bose cloud services shut down on May 6, 2026.
| `all` | Cloud account **and** all paired speakers in one step — the recommended starting point |
| `cloud` | Bose account profile, paired devices, cloud presets, music service sources |
| `local` | Speaker HTTP API data (presets, sources, volume, …) and optionally device filesystem files via SSH |
Output is a single `.tar.gz` archive (or `.zip`) with a dated root directory.
## Building
```bash
make build-backup
# binary: ./build/soundtouch-backup
```
Or install alongside the other tools:
```bash
make install
```
## Usage
### Combined backup (recommended)
The `all` command is the simplest way to capture everything: it authenticates with the Bose cloud, backs up your account data, then reads the IP addresses from `devices.xml` and backs up each reachable speaker over HTTP.
```bash
# Interactive — prompts for email and password
soundtouch-backup all
# Non-interactive
soundtouch-backup all --email you@example.com --password secret
# Include SSH filesystem backup for each speaker
soundtouch-backup all --ssh
# Environment variables
BOSE_EMAIL=you@example.com BOSE_PASSWORD=secret soundtouch-backup all --ssh
| `/opt/Bose/etc/` | Full Bose configuration directory, including `SoundTouchSdkPrivateCfg.xml` |
| `/mnt/nv/BoseApp-Persistence/1/` | Persisted app state |
Missing files and directories are silently skipped with a `⚠` warning.
---
## Archive structure
Both subcommands write into a single dated archive:
```
soundtouch-backup-2026-05-02/
├── cloud/
│ ├── emailaddress.xml
│ ├── devices.xml
│ ├── sources.xml
│ └── presets.xml
└── local/
├── A_Sound_Machine/
│ ├── info.xml
│ ├── presets.xml
│ ├── sources.xml
│ ├── volume.xml
│ ├── …
│ └── ssh/
│ ├── etc/
│ │ ├── hosts
│ │ └── resolv.conf
│ ├── opt/Bose/etc/
│ │ └── SoundTouchSdkPrivateCfg.xml
│ └── mnt/nv/BoseApp-Persistence/1/
└── Sound_Machinechen/
└── …
```
Running `cloud` and `local` separately produces two archives. To combine them, use the same `--output` path for both invocations — each adds its own subdirectory so they won't collide (`.tar.gz` does not support appending; use `--format zip` if you need a single archive from two runs, or just keep them separate).
## See also
- [Cloud Shutdown Survival Guide](../../docs/guides/SURVIVAL-GUIDE.md) — full migration context
- [`soundtouch-cli`](../soundtouch-cli/) — live device control
- [`soundtouch-service`](../soundtouch-service/) — local cloud replacement
// 200 means our local HandleMargeUpdateDevice handled it.
// 401 / 502 / anything else means the request fell through to
// the [UNHANDLED] proxy and got the upstream response — which
// is exactly the failure mode #285 was supposed to fix.
ifresp.StatusCode!=http.StatusOK{
t.Fatalf("PUT status = %d, want 200 (local handler). Anything else means the request fell through to [UNHANDLED] proxy — chi is routing to a different subrouter than the PUT registration intended.",resp.StatusCode)
The `soundtouch-web` tool provides a modern single-page application (SPA) for controlling Bose SoundTouch devices. Built with a JSON API backend and client-side JavaScript rendering, it offers superior performance and eliminates template rendering issues.
## Architecture
### Single-Page Application Design
The architecture eliminates Go template dependencies and provides:
- **JSON API Backend**: Pure Go server returning only JSON responses
- **Client-Side Rendering**: JavaScript handles all HTML generation
- **WebSocket Real-time**: Bi-directional communication for live updates
- **Better Performance**: No server-side template processing
- **Easier Development**: Clear separation of frontend/backend concerns
### Core Components
#### 1. Main Application (`main.go`)
- **Entry Point**: Handles command-line arguments and application initialization
- **SPA Routing**: Serves static HTML file for all non-API routes
- **Device Discovery**: Automatic discovery of SoundTouch devices using unified discovery service
- **JSON API Server**: Configures API routes and serves the SPA
- **Context Management**: Proper context handling for timeouts and cancellation
#### 2. HTTP Handlers (`handlers/handlers.go`)
- **WebApp Structure**: Central application state management
- **JSON API Endpoints**: RESTful API returning only JSON responses
- **Device Control**: Device control with proper validation and error handling
- **Modular Design**: Separated control actions into focused functions
#### 3. WebSocket Support (`handlers/websocket.go`)
- **Real-time Updates**: Live device status streaming to web clients
- **Device WebSocket Connections**: Maintains persistent connections to SoundTouch devices
- **Event Handling**: Processes nowPlaying, volume, and connection state updates
- **Status Synchronization**: Keeps device status current across all connected clients
#### 4. Type Definitions (`webtypes/types.go`)
- **Device Management**: Structures for device connections and status
- **API Responses**: Standardized JSON response format
- **WebSocket Messages**: Real-time message types
- **Template Data**: HTML template data structures
### Key Features Implemented
#### Device Discovery & Management
- **Auto-discovery**: Finds SoundTouch devices on local network using mDNS/UPnP
- **Build Integration**: Included in main Makefile targets
- **Documentation**: Consistent with project documentation standards
### Migration Path
- **Cloud Replacement**: Serves as local alternative to Bose cloud services
- **API Compatibility**: Maintains compatibility with existing SoundTouch APIs
- **User Experience**: Familiar interface for existing SoundTouch app users
- **Long-term Support**: Designed for continued operation post-2026
This implementation provides a robust, feature-complete web interface for SoundTouch device control, ensuring continued functionality beyond the official app's lifecycle while maintaining high code quality and user experience standards.
A modern single-page web application (SPA) for controlling Bose SoundTouch devices. Built with a JSON API backend and client-side JavaScript rendering for superior performance and maintainability.
## Architecture
```
Browser → Static HTML → JavaScript → JSON API → Go Server
↓
Client-Side Rendering
```
### Key Benefits
- **Better Performance**: No server-side template processing overhead
- **Improved Maintainability**: Clear separation between frontend (JavaScript) and backend (Go)
- **Real-time Experience**: Smooth client-side updates without page reloads
- **Mobile Ready**: The JSON API can power both this web interface and mobile applications
## Features
Based on captured WebSocket interactions and device API capabilities, this web UI provides:
### Device Management
- **Auto-discovery** of SoundTouch devices on the network
- **Real-time status monitoring** via WebSocket connections
- **Multi-device support** with centralized control
- **Connection status** indicators and health monitoring
### Playback Control
- **Play/Pause/Stop/Next/Previous** controls
- **Now playing information** with artwork, track details, and progress
- **Real-time updates** of playback state changes
- **Source selection** from available inputs (Spotify, TuneIn, Bluetooth, AUX, etc.)
### Audio Controls
- **Volume control** with real-time slider updates
Usage:"Web UI for controlling Bose SoundTouch devices",
Flags:[]cli.Flag{
&cli.StringFlag{
Name:"port",
Aliases:[]string{"p"},
Usage:"HTTP port to listen on",
Value:"8080",
EnvVars:[]string{"PORT"},
},
&cli.StringFlag{
Name:"bind",
Usage:"Address for the HTTP listener: host, IP, or local interface name (e.g. eth0). Leave empty to listen on all interfaces",
EnvVars:[]string{"BIND_ADDR"},
},
&cli.StringFlag{
Name:"interface",
Usage:"Network interface name (e.g. eth0) for mDNS and UPnP device discovery. Defaults to the --bind interface name when one was given; leave empty otherwise to auto-pick",
EnvVars:[]string{"DISCOVERY_INTERFACE"},
},
&cli.StringSliceFlag{
Name:"devices",
Usage:"SoundTouch device IP address(es) to add manually (can be specified multiple times)",
EnvVars:[]string{"SOUNDTOUCH_DEVICES"},
},
},
Action:func(c*cli.Context)error{
port:=c.String("port")
rawBind:=c.String("bind")
bindAddr,err:=resolveBindAddr(rawBind)
iferr!=nil{
log.Fatal(err)
}
ifrawBind!=""&&bindAddr!=rawBind{
log.Printf("Resolved --bind %q to %s",rawBind,bindAddr)
This document summarizes all changes made to anonymize personal and specific data throughout the Bose SoundTouch Go client codebase.
## Overview
All specific IP addresses, device IDs, device names, and other potentially personal information have been replaced with generic, example values to protect privacy while maintaining the functionality and usefulness of the documentation and test examples.
## Changes Made
### IP Addresses
**Original → Anonymized:**
- `192.168.178.35` → `192.168.1.10`
- `192.168.178.28` → `192.168.1.10`
- `192.168.1.100` → `192.168.1.10`
- `192.168.1.101` → `192.168.1.11`
- `192.168.1.102` → `192.168.1.12`
### Device IDs
**Original → Anonymized:**
- `A81B6A536A98` → `ABCD1234EFGH`
- `1234567890AB` → `ABCD1234EFGH`
- `1234567890AC` → `ABCD1234EFGH`
### Device Names
**Original → Anonymized:**
- `Sound Machinechen` → `My SoundTouch Device`
### MAC Addresses
**Original → Anonymized:**
- `A81B6A536A98` → `AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF`
- `A81B6A849D99` → `AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF`
- `A8:1B:6A:53:6A:98` → `AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF`
- `A8:1B:6A:84:9D:99` → `AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:01`
## Files Modified
### Documentation Files
- `README.md` - Updated all IP addresses and device examples
- `Makefile` - Updated example IP addresses in help text
- `docs/SYSTEM-ENDPOINTS.md` - Anonymized all example data
- `docs/VOLUME-CONTROLS.md` - Updated device IDs and IP addresses
- `docs/KEY-CONTROLS.md` - Updated IP addresses
- `docs/BASS-CONTROLS.md` - Updated device IDs
- `docs/HOST-PORT-PARSING.md` - Updated IP addresses and device names
- `docs/STATUS.md` - Updated IP addresses
### Source Code Files
- `cmd/soundtouch-cli/main.go` - Updated all example IP addresses in help text
- `cmd/soundtouch-cli/main_test.go` - Updated test IP addresses
### Test Data Files
- `pkg/client/testdata/info_response.xml` - Updated device ID, name, and network info
- `pkg/client/testdata/info_response_st20.xml` - Updated device ID and network info
- `pkg/client/testdata/capabilities_response.xml` - Updated device ID
- `pkg/client/testdata/name_response.xml` - Updated device name
- `pkg/client/testdata/networkinfo_response.xml` - Updated device ID and network info
- `pkg/client/testdata/clockdisplay_response.xml` - Updated device ID
### Test Files
- `pkg/client/client_test.go` - Updated device IDs, names, and IP addresses
- `pkg/client/system_test.go` - Updated device IDs and IP addresses
- `pkg/client/balance_test.go` - Updated device IDs in test responses
- `pkg/client/bass_test.go` - Updated device IDs in test responses
- `pkg/models/networkinfo_test.go` - Updated device IDs and network info
## Anonymization Strategy
### IP Addresses
- Used standard RFC 1918 private IP ranges (192.168.1.x)
- Maintained realistic network structure (same subnet for related devices)
- Used sequential numbering (.10, .11, .12) for clarity
### Device IDs
- Used generic alphanumeric pattern `ABCD1234EFGH`
- Maintained consistent usage across all files
- Preserved original length and format
### Device Names
- Used generic but descriptive names like "My SoundTouch Device"
- Removed any potentially personal identifiers
### MAC Addresses
- Used standard placeholder format `AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF`
- Used sequential variants (EE:01) when multiple addresses needed
- Maintained proper MAC address format
## Verification
After anonymization:
- ✅ All tests continue to pass
- ✅ All builds succeed
- ✅ Documentation remains accurate and useful
- ✅ No personal data remains in examples
- ✅ Functionality is preserved
## Benefits
1. **Privacy Protection**: No personal network information exposed
2. **Professional Examples**: Clean, generic examples suitable for public documentation
3. **Consistency**: Uniform use of example data across all files
4. **Maintainability**: Easy to identify example vs. real data
This document provides a comprehensive overview of the available API endpoints verified against the official Bose SoundTouch Web API v1.0 specification (January 7, 2026).
## Implementation Status Legend
- ✅ **Implemented** - Fully implemented with tests and real device validation
- ❌ **Missing** - Documented in official API but not implemented
- 🔍 **Extra** - Implemented but not in official API v1.0 (may be newer version or undocumented)
- ⚠️ **Different** - Implemented with different approach than official API
## API Basics
- **Protocol**: HTTP REST-like
- **Data Format**: XML Request/Response
- **Standard Port**: 8090
- **Base URL**: `http://<device-ip>:8090/`
- **Authentication**: No complex authentication required
- **Real-time Updates**: WebSocket connection available
## Device Information
### GET /info ✅ **Implemented**
Retrieves basic device information.
**Response XML Structure:**
```xml
<info deviceID="..." type="..." name="..." ...>
<name>Device Name</name>
<type>Device Type</type>
<margeAccountUUID>UUID</margeAccountUUID>
<components>...</components>
</info>
```
## Playback Control
### GET /now_playing ✅ **Implemented**
Retrieves information about the currently playing music.
**Status**: According to the official Bose SoundTouch API documentation, POST operations on `/presets` are marked as "N/A" - this endpoint officially does not support preset creation or modification via API.
**Alternative Methods**:
- Use the official Bose SoundTouch mobile app
- Use physical preset buttons on the device (long-press while content is playing)
- Changes made via these methods will be visible through the GET endpoint
## Advanced Features
### GET /getZone 🔄 **Planned**
Retrieves multiroom zone information.
### POST /setZone 🔄 **Planned**
Configures multiroom zones.
### GET /balance ✅ **Implemented**
Retrieves balance settings (stereo devices).
### POST /balance ✅ **Implemented**
Sets balance settings.
### GET /clockTime ✅ **Implemented**
Retrieves the device time.
### POST /clockTime ✅ **Implemented**
Sets the device time.
### GET /clockDisplay ✅ **Implemented**
Retrieves clock display settings.
### POST /clockDisplay ✅ **Implemented**
Configures the clock display.
## WebSocket Connection
### WebSocket / 🔄 **Planned**
Establishes a persistent connection for live updates.
**Event Types:**
- `nowPlayingUpdated`
- `volumeUpdated`
- `connectionStateUpdated`
- `presetUpdated`
## Network and System
### GET /networkInfo ✅ **Implemented**
Retrieves network information.
### GET /capabilities ✅ **Implemented**
Retrieves device capabilities.
### GET /name 🔍 **Extra**
Retrieves the device name.
**Note**: Official API only documents `POST /name` for setting device name. Our GET implementation appears to be an undocumented extension.
### POST /name ❌ **Missing**
Sets the device name.
**Official Request Format:**
```xml
<name>$STRING</name>
```
### GET /bassCapabilities ❌ **Missing**
Checks if bass customization is supported on the device.
**Official Response Format:**
```xml
<bassCapabilities deviceID="$MACADDR">
<bassAvailable>$BOOL</bassAvailable>
<bassMin>$INT</bassMin>
<bassMax>$INT</bassMax>
<bassDefault>$INT</bassDefault>
</bassCapabilities>
```
### GET /trackInfo ❌ **Missing**
Gets track information (appears to be duplicate of `/now_playing`).
**Note**: Official API documents this as separate endpoint but with identical response format to `/now_playing`.
### Zone Slave Management ⚠️ **Different Implementation**
Our implementation uses high-level methods instead of official endpoints:
- **Official**: `/addZoneSlave` (POST) - Add slave to zone
- **Official**: `/removeZoneSlave` (POST) - Remove slave from zone
- **Our Implementation**: `AddToZone()` and `RemoveFromZone()` methods via `/setZone`
**Status**: Functionally equivalent and arguably cleaner approach.
### Advanced Audio Controls ❌ **Missing**
Professional/high-end device features (only available via `/capabilities` check):
#### `/audiodspcontrols` - GET/POST
Access DSP settings including audio modes and video sync delay.
#### `/audioproducttonecontrols` - GET/POST
Advanced bass and treble controls (beyond basic `/bass` endpoint).
#### `/audioproductlevelcontrols` - GET/POST
Speaker level controls for front-center and rear-surround speakers.
### Clock and Network Endpoints 🔍 **Extra**
These endpoints work with real hardware but are NOT in official API v1.0:
- `GET/POST /clockTime` ✅ **Implemented** - Device time management
This document provides a complete API reference for the Bose SoundTouch navigation and station management functionality. For usage examples and workflows, see [NAVIGATION-GUIDE.md](NAVIGATION-GUIDE.md).
This document summarizes the implementation of advanced content selection features for the Bose SoundTouch Go client, including full support for the LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO streamUrl format and LOCAL_MUSIC/STORED_MUSIC content selection.
## ✅ Implementation Status: COMPLETE
All content selection features from the [SoundTouch WebServices API Wiki](https://github.com/thlucas1/homeassistantcomponent_soundtouchplus/wiki/SoundTouch-WebServices-API) are now fully implemented with comprehensive API methods, CLI commands, tests, and documentation.
This guide documents the manual steps required to configure your Bose SoundTouch device for customization using the SoundCork approach.
Based on: https://github.com/deborahgu/soundcork
## Overview
SoundCork allows you to customize your SoundTouch device by intercepting and modifying its firmware update process. This requires specific manual configuration steps to prepare your device.
A user-journey-shaped view of where AfterTouch sits today and where it could go. The same speaker, the same constraints, but four different audiences with non-overlapping needs:
1. **Initial setup / install** — getting AfterTouch onto a fresh or freshly-orphaned speaker.
2. **Less-technical admin** — migration, maintenance, and recovery without a terminal.
3. **Daily usage** — playing music, switching presets, on the couch or on the phone.
4. **Automation** — driving the speaker from scripts, home automation, schedules.
Each journey is served by a different surface (CLI, web UI, GUI app, REST). Some surfaces serve more than one journey; some journeys are served badly today. This doc is informational; nothing here is a roadmap commitment.
Cross-cutting reference material — lessons from `GameTec-live/soundtouch-tiny`, plus a per-surface capability map — lives in the appendix.
---
## Journey 1: Initial setup / install
**Who.** Someone with a Bose speaker whose cloud just died. Could be technical (knows what SSH is) or not (knows what a USB stick is). Wants the speaker to play Internet Radio again with minimum fuss.
**Goal.** Get an AfterTouch instance reachable from the speaker, whether that instance lives on a separate host or on the speaker itself.
A separate machine (Raspberry Pi, NAS, always-on laptop) runs `soundtouch-service`. Speakers point at it via DNS rewrite at the router. No code on the speaker, no firmware risk.
- **Pros:** zero invasiveness, easy update (single host), unified for many speakers, no per-speaker storage limit.
- **Cons:** requires an always-on host on the LAN, DNS rewrite at router scope, single point of failure.
#### Pattern B — SSH-curl on-device (current `scripts/on-device-install/`)
User SSHes in once, pipes the installer. Installs to `/mnt/nv/aftertouch`, symlinks `/opt/aftertouch`, registers `/etc/init.d/aftertouch` via `update-rc.d`. Daemon serves `:8000` on the speaker's own LAN address.
- **Pros:** no separate host, per-speaker isolation, survives router replacement.
- **Cons:** SSH required for install and updates, ~12 MB binary stresses tiny rootfs partitions, no in-process restart on crash, some firmware images bind only loopback (issue #196).
#### Pattern C — Stick-driven on-device (*not* implemented here)
USB stick holds binary + bootstrap scripts. First install needs SSH (placing `/mnt/nv/rc.local`). After that, the NAND `rc.local` auto-syncs from any stick inserted with newer files. Stick can also carry one-shot configs (`wlan.conf`, `region.conf`, `name.conf`) consumed and wiped during boot.
- **Pros:** post-bootstrap updates need no SSH, stick wipe behavior keeps credentials short-lived, watchdog inside the bootstrap script restarts the agent on crash without a reboot.
- **Cons:** first install still needs SSH; FAT32 stick on the speaker is unreliable for writes; user has to keep a stick around.
### The technical underpinning: `/mnt/nv/rc.local`
Both pattern C and any "shepherd-less" install on stock firmware depend on a single line in the stock init scripts:
```
# /etc/init.d/shelby_local, start case
[ -x /mnt/nv/rc.local ] && /mnt/nv/rc.local
```
`shelby_local` is a stock Bose SysV script. Its `start` case fires at every boot from an `S`-symlink in `rcS.d/` (the misleading `K99shelby_local` symlink in `rc1.d/` is the *shutdown* path — same script, different case). `/mnt/nv` is the persistent read-write NAND partition; `rc.local` is intentionally exposed as an extension point. By the time it runs, rootfs is mounted read-only, `/mnt/nv` is read-write, network is configured, and `/media/sda1` is *typically* mounted by udev if a USB stick is present — but the mount is asynchronous and races the hook (polling for up to 30 s is one way to handle this).
**Stock firmware does not auto-copy anything from a USB stick into `/mnt/nv/rc.local`.** Inserting a stick alone is not enough. There is no udev rule, no autorun convention, no `shelby_usb` branch that handles this; `shelby_usb` only manages USB ethernet-gadget mode (`g_ether`) and the `microbswitch` helper on certain variants.
Placement happens one of two ways:
1. **Manual SSH bootstrap, once.** Shell access (via the `remote_services` stick trick) runs an installer that writes `/mnt/nv/rc.local`, makes it executable, and exits. After that single SSH session, the stick is no longer required to *trigger* anything — the NAND copy fires on every boot.
2. **Self-update from a newer stick, after step 1.** Once `/mnt/nv/rc.local` exists *and contains the self-update logic*, inserting a stick with a newer `rc.local` (compared by mtime) lets the running NAND copy overwrite itself for the next boot. This gives the stick its "repair channel" property.
**The very first placement requires SSH.** Any zero-SSH install would need either a different stock-firmware hook (we have not found one usable across SoundTouch variants) or a custom firmware image. The `remote_services` stick is the only stick-content convention the stock firmware honors out of the box, and all it does is enable `sshd`.
### App-driven install (the missing middle)
The SSH session does **not** have to be a human SSH session. `pkg/ssh` (`NewClient`, `Run`, `ReadFile`, `ReadDir`, `UploadContent`) is already used by `pkg/service/setup/` to drive migration probes; the same primitives can drive an installer. The user never sees a terminal.
User-visible flow:
1. User runs an admin app on their laptop or phone.
2. App walks them through preparing a `remote_services` stick — or writes one for them, if it can reach the host's USB subsystem.
3. User inserts the stick into the speaker and power-cycles it. Stock firmware's `sshd` starts.
4. App discovers the speaker via mDNS, dials SSH, runs the installer steps that today live behind `curl ... \| sh`. No `ssh` invocation, no `rw &&`, no copy-pasted IP.
5. App verifies `curl http://<box>:8000` from inside the speaker via SSH and surfaces a clear success / failure state.
6. App optionally removes `remote_services` from the stick and reboots the speaker, closing the SSH backdoor automatically.
| Make NAND dir | `mkdir -p $INSTALL_DIR` | `Client.Run("mkdir -p /mnt/nv/aftertouch")` |
| Download binary | `curl -sSL ... -o binary` | local download on the app side, then `Client.UploadContent(bytes, "/mnt/nv/aftertouch/aftertouch-service")` |
No new SSH plumbing required. The pieces already exist for the setup probes.
### Storage budget
The on-device patterns share one hard constraint: storage. ST20 stock rootfs has ~4 MB free (issue #268); even with `/mnt/nv` (~30 MB free) the budget is tight, and a second binary for safe OTA updates doubles it. This is the primary motivation for a slimmer `soundtouch-service-mini` build target — see the appendix.
### Open decisions for this journey
- Do we keep pattern B as the technical-user path while building a Gio admin app for the rest?
- Do we add a pattern-C-style "register a stick-update hook in `/mnt/nv/rc.local`" option as an opt-in, so users who do want a repair stick get one?
- Pre-flashed sticks shipped as a kit: in scope or out?
**Who.** The person who already has AfterTouch installed somewhere and now needs to do something *after* install. They are comfortable opening apps and clicking buttons; they are not comfortable opening a terminal. The whole-household admin: parent, partner, roommate doing it for the household.
**Goal.** Migrate a speaker to a new AfterTouch instance, update the agent, view what's going on, recover a stuck device, change WLAN credentials, reapply config after factory reset — all without SSH.
- **Migration of a new (or factory-reset) speaker** to an AfterTouch instance: rewrite the server URLs in `/mnt/nv/persistence.json`, restart the device, verify it talks to us.
- **Agent update on an on-device install** (pattern B or C): push a new binary, restart, verify.
- **Status and diagnostics**: is `aftertouch` running, is `:8000` listening, did the last preset save succeed, what does syslog say?
- **Recovery**: speaker is stuck (won't respond to web UI, won't pair, lost WLAN). Today this almost always means SSH; with `pkg/ssh` behind a GUI, it can mean "click 'Diagnose' in the app."
- **Bulk operations**: do all of the above across several speakers at once.
- **Configuration drift**: WLAN password changed, region changed, speaker name changed, hosts file got rewritten — restore the AfterTouch overlay.
### How the GUI admin app shape would serve this
Same `pkg/ssh` primitives as Journey 1's installer, applied to post-install tasks. mDNS discovers all speakers on the LAN; the app fans operations out across them; SSH-driven actions stay hidden behind buttons. On a phone, the same app is the "speakers are unreachable, what now" diagnostic tool from another room.
Where today's surfaces fall short for this user:
- `soundtouch-service` web UI assumes the service is running and reachable. It cannot recover a broken installation or a stuck device.
- CLI works but presumes terminal comfort.
- The setup wizard in `soundtouch-service` handles initial migration well, but reapplying after factory reset is not first-class — see `docs/analysis/FACTORY-RESET-PROTOCOL.md`.
### Open decisions for this journey
- Does the admin app subsume the service web UI's admin tab, or do they coexist (admin app = onboarding + recovery; service web UI = ongoing operations once everything is healthy)?
- WASM as a fallback surface: today's service web UI is browser-accessible from anywhere. Does a Gio admin app sacrifice that, or do we ship both?
- Multi-household / multi-speaker: how much does the admin app need to know about distinguishing speakers vs distinguishing AfterTouch instances?
---
## Journey 3: Daily usage
**Who.** Anyone in the household using the speaker. Children pressing a preset button. The user opening a phone to switch from kitchen to living room. Guests asked to "just put on some jazz." Zero awareness of AfterTouch as a thing; the speaker is the speaker.
**Goal.** Music plays. Pressing preset 3 gives them what preset 3 should give them. Skipping a station, adjusting volume, browsing for a new station — all fast, no friction.
**Surfaces.** Physical preset buttons (always there), `soundtouch-web` (today), mobile app (Journey 2 admin app's daily-use mode), WASM-served browser UI (planned), Bose app while it still functions, voice assistants where wired up.
### What this layer needs to be good at
- **Preset playback works first try, every time.** The reliability bar is "is the kitchen radio still working?" Anything that fails on cold boot or after a Wi-Fi outage breaks the user's trust in the whole system.
- **Switching stations quickly**, including discovery of new ones (e.g. `radio-browser.info`-style search).
- **Volume and play / pause from any device the user has in hand.** Phone in pocket, laptop on table, browser tab open — all should work.
- **Multi-room awareness** if the household has more than one speaker: which speaker is playing what, can I send this to the bedroom.
- **Looking good.** This is the surface that gets seen daily by non-technical users. Visual polish matters more here than anywhere else in the stack.
### How surfaces map
- `soundtouch-web`: primary daily UI for desktop browsers and (responsively) for tablets. This is already shipped.
- Mobile app: daily-use mode of the same Gio app that handles admin. Capability split — admin features only show up when the user is in admin mode.
- WASM: same Gio app, served from `soundtouch-service` to anyone on the LAN. The "I forgot which device my login is on, just open a browser" fallback.
- Physical preset buttons: handled at the agent level (the Bose firmware fires them; AfterTouch or the on-device agent reacts).
### Open decisions for this journey
- Do we keep `soundtouch-web` as a separate codebase (HTML/JS), or does it become a Gio WASM build sharing code with the admin app?
- Mobile app store distribution: TestFlight for iOS (gated, slow), Play Store for Android (faster, AAB only), F-Droid as an open-source-friendly side path.
- Multi-user state: presets per-user vs per-household. Out of scope here, but the daily surface is where it gets felt.
---
## Journey 4: Automation
**Who.** The same household, but acting through code: a Home Assistant config, a NodeRED flow, a cron job, a shell script, a webhook from a smart doorbell. The user is not present at the speaker; they want music to start when something else happens.
**Goal.** Headless, scriptable control. "Play preset 2 at 7:00 every weekday." "When the kids' bedtime alarm fires, fade volume to zero." "If I get home and the speaker is on, switch to my dinner playlist."
**Surfaces.** `soundtouch-cli` (today), REST endpoints on `soundtouch-service` (today), MQTT bridge / webhook outputs (hypothetical), Home Assistant integration (community).
### What this layer needs to be good at
- **Stable, versioned API surface.** Scripts and home automation flows live for years; breaking changes are expensive for users.
- **CLI that works in pipelines.** Exit codes, machine-readable output (JSON), stable flag names. The reverse of the daily UI: zero polish, full predictability.
- **Discoverability of capabilities.** Users need to find out what's possible (`soundtouch-cli help`, openapi spec on the service, examples in the docs).
- **Idempotency.** Calling "set volume to 40" twice should not result in volume 80. Calling "switch to preset 3" when already on preset 3 should be a no-op.
### How surfaces map
- `soundtouch-cli`: the canonical surface for scripted control. Already covers most of the API.
- `soundtouch-service` REST endpoints: same surface, network-accessible. Used by `soundtouch-web` and by third-party automation.
- Home Assistant: external integration; track but do not own.
- Webhooks / MQTT: not present today; would let speakers participate in event-driven flows. Out of scope for a first pass; worth a separate design doc when demand surfaces.
### Open decisions for this journey
- Stability commitments for the CLI and REST API: do we adopt semver for the public surface separately from the service version?
- Authentication for the REST surface when exposed beyond loopback: needed before any internet exposure is sane.
- OpenAPI / typed-client output for the service: nice-to-have for integration developers.
| GUI admin app (Gio, planned) | primary | primary | mobile mode | no |
| Pre-flashed stick (hypothetical) | primary | recovery | no | no |
| Physical preset buttons | no | no | primary | no |
| Home Assistant / webhooks (future) | no | no | no | primary |
The diagonal isn't full because some journeys lack a polished surface today (Journey 1 mostly works but is shell-only; Journey 2 has gaps for recovery scenarios). The journey frame is what tells us *which* gaps to fill first.
## Appendix: per-surface capability constraints
The Gio admin app, if built, can target Windows / macOS / Linux / iOS / Android / WASM from one codebase. Each target has hard constraints:
- **WASM (browser).** Post-install REST control, device list and status, preset editing, station search. No mDNS (browsers cannot do raw multicast — fall back to manual IP entry or a backend bridge); no raw TCP, so no SSH and no install; no block-device access, so no stick writing. This is the "I just want to use my speakers" surface, equivalent to today's `soundtouch-web`.
- **Mobile iOS.** Everything WASM does, plus Bonjour-based mDNS, plus full SSH client (so app-driven install and recovery work). No FAT32 stick writing — iOS has no filesystem-level block device access for third-party apps. Best paired with a pre-flashed stick or a friend's desktop install for the bootstrap.
- **Mobile Android.** Same as iOS, plus FAT32 stick writing *if* the user grants USB-OTG host permission. UX caveat: most users will not know what USB host mode is.
- **Desktop (Gio).** Full capability set. mDNS, SSH-driven install, FAT32 stick writing via standard block-device APIs, post-install control, recovery. The primary onboarding surface.
The pattern to follow is to write code so each capability degrades automatically based on what the runtime actually offers, rather than gating with build tags.
## Appendix: lessons from adjacent projects
### soundtouch-tiny (GameTec-live)
Minimal on-device cloud replacement: Internet Radio + TuneIn proxy + optional presets. Go stdlib only, small binary. Inspired by AfterTouch but trimmed. The author offered collaboration in PR #292.
This is the gap a **`soundtouch-service-mini` build target** would fill. The full `soundtouch-service` is justified for the external-host pattern (Pattern A) where space is not pressed; on-device (patterns B and C) the calculus is different — many users only need Internet Radio because that's the surface most affected by the cloud shutdown.
A mini build target in this repo would look like:
- same codebase, different `cmd/` entry point,
- compiled with only the packages needed for Internet Radio + TuneIn shim + presets,
- no Spotify, no parity tests, no setup wizard, no Bose-protocol-level proxy,
- target size: under 4 MB so it fits the rootfs without `/mnt/nv` gymnastics, leaving room for a second binary for safe updates.
Open questions before committing:
1. Collaborate upstream with soundtouch-tiny, or build our own mini that shares code with the full service?
2. Where to draw the feature line — "Internet Radio only" is clear; "Spotify too" would already blow the budget on ST20.
3. Mini ships via Pattern B (SSH-curl) or Pattern C (stick)?
4. Full service and mini service coexisting on the same LAN — mDNS service name, port choice, web UI port.
### Wails vs Gio
Both are Go. Different tradeoffs:
- **Wails v2**: bundles a WebView per OS, frontend is HTML/CSS/JS. Faster to a working UI if the team is comfortable with HTML. Targets Windows / macOS / Linux. No mobile, no WASM.
- **Gio**: immediate-mode pure-Go UI. Smaller binaries, no WebView dependency. Targets Windows / macOS / Linux / iOS / Android / WASM. Steeper UI learning curve, mitigated by `gio-mw`.
The deciding factor is **mobile + WASM** (Journey 2 and Journey 3), not desktop alone. If "use a phone to set up a speaker" or "open the admin tool from any browser" is on the roadmap, Wails does not get us there.
## Appendix: documentation gap to close
Separate user-facing material to produce when we are ready (not in this comparison doc):
- **The `/mnt/nv/rc.local` hook** explained in user terms: what it does, when it fires, when *not* to use it, how to remove it cleanly. Bridges Journey 1 and Journey 2.
- **Hooks we already maintain** at OS level: resolv.conf stability, `/etc/hosts` overlay, anything in `pkg/service/setup/` that touches device state. Reference, not narrative. Journey 2 troubleshooting.
- **Storage budget per model**: rootfs free, `/mnt/nv` free, where the binary lands, which path applies to which ST model. Journey 1 sizing.
- **Decision matrix**: external host vs on-device vs mini, plus "do I need Spotify? do I need migration? do I want one host or per-speaker isolation?" Journey 1 entry point.
- **Stick file conventions**: what the `remote_services` stick does today, what we *might* add (presets / wlan / region) if we build a stick-driven path, and how that interacts with FAT credentials residency. Journey 1.
- **Automation cookbook**: example Home Assistant config, example shell scripts, common pitfalls. Journey 4.
Accessing logs from SoundTouch devices is critical for debugging custom service integrations and understanding internal device behavior. This document outlines the methods for collecting logs, as discovered by the **SoundCork** and **ÜberBöse API** communities.
## Log Types
1. **System Logs**: Internal OS logs (Linux-based) including `dmesg`, `syslog`, and process-specific logs.
2. **Traffic Logs**: Real-time HTTP/HTTPS requests sent by the device to cloud or local services.
3. **Proxy Logs**: Logs generated by the `soundtouch-service` when it acts as a man-in-the-middle.
---
## 1. Accessing System Logs (Requires Root)
Most SoundTouch devices run a modified Linux distribution. Accessing these logs requires root SSH or Telnet access.
### Enabling Root Access (Remote Services)
Community research (SoundCork Issue #112) has identified a "backdoor" to enable developer services:
1. **USB Method**:
- Format a USB stick to **FAT32**.
- Create an empty file named `remote_services` (no extension) in the root of the USB stick.
- Insert the stick into the SoundTouch device.
- Reboot the device (power cycle).
- On some models, you may need to hold **4** and **Volume -** on the device while powering on to force a USB check.
2. **TAP Command (Legacy)**:
- On older firmware versions, you can connect to port 17000 via Telnet and issue the command: `remote_services on`.
### Making Root Access Persistent
Once you have logged in as `root` (usually no password or a well-known community password), you can make the access survive reboots without the USB stick:
```bash
touch /mnt/nv/remote_services
/etc/init.d/sshd start
```
### Viewing Logs
Once inside via SSH:
- **Kernel Logs**: `dmesg`
- **System Logs**: `cat /var/log/messages` or `tail -f /tmp/soundtouch.log` (paths vary by firmware).
- **Real-time Monitoring**: `logread -f`
- **Process List**: `ps w`
#### Pro-Tip: Filtered Real-time Monitoring
To focus on cloud service and preset interactions (Marge), use the following command on the device:
```bash
logread -f | grep -Ei '(marge|preset)'
```
This is particularly useful for debugging preset synchronization and service redirection issues.
For HTTPS / connection-refused debugging (e.g. `Curl 7, http 0`), drop the speaker's loopback chatter so only outbound calls remain visible:
```bash
logread -f | grep -v '127.0.0.1'
```
The speaker generates a steady stream of localhost-to-localhost HTTP traffic between its internal services; filtering it out makes the actual cloud / AfterTouch attempts (the ones that matter when diagnosing redirect or TLS issues) easy to read in real time.
---
## 2. Traffic Logging & Interception
If you cannot or do not want to root the device, you can monitor its outbound traffic by redirecting it to a proxy.
### Via `soundtouch-service`
The `soundtouch-service` included in this repository includes a built-in proxy. When a device is migrated to use this service, all of its cloud-bound traffic is logged to the service console.
If you have a managed switch or a router capable of port mirroring, you can use **Wireshark** or `tcpdump` to capture traffic.
- **Filter**: `tcp port 80 or tcp port 443`
- **Target**: The IP address of your SoundTouch device.
---
## 3. Troubleshooting Common Issues
### "IsItBose" Validation Failures
If the device fails to connect to your custom service despite correct configuration, it may be failing the internal `IsItBose` regex check.
- **Evidence**: Look for SSL handshake failures or "Unauthorized" errors in your service logs.
- **Solution**: See the [Binary Patching section in DEVICE-REDIRECT-METHODS.md](analysis/DEVICE-REDIRECT-METHODS.md#method-3-binary-patching).
### Disappearing Sources (TuneIn/Local Radio)
If `TUNEIN` or `LOCAL_INTERNET_RADIO` sources disappear after a reboot in an offline environment.
- **Cause**: These sources are validated against the cloud only during the initial boot sequence.
- **Solution**: Ensure your emulated service is reachable and responding correctly to `/streaming/support/power_on` and `/streaming/sourceproviders` during the device's boot-up.
---
## 4. HTTP Protocol Quirks
### ETag Case-Sensitivity
Research in **SoundCork Issue #129** revealed a significant bug in the SoundTouch device firmware regarding HTTP `ETag` headers.
- **The Issue**: The device firmware expects the `ETag` header to be exactly title-cased (`ETag`). Many modern web servers or frameworks (like FastAPI/Uvicorn) return headers in all lowercase (`etag`) per HTTP/2 or standard case-insensitive conventions.
- **The Symptom**: If the server returns a lowercase `etag`, the device fails to recognize it. Consequently, the device will never send an `If-None-Match` header in subsequent requests, breaking preset synchronization and efficient caching.
- **The Workaround**: If you are using a custom service, you may need to use a reverse proxy (like **Nginx**) or a middleware to force the header casing to `ETag`.
This document details the multi-step process required to fully set up a Bose SoundTouch device, as derived from the Stockholm firmware (`setup/js/`) analysis.
A complete setup flow involves a sequence of local (WebSocket) and cloud (HTTP) actions that move the device from a factory-reset state to a fully registered, functional system.
## 1. Local Coordination Stage (WebSocket)
Before a device can be controlled, it must be configured on the local network and named. These actions occur via a WebSocket connection to the device on port 8080.
### 1.1 Language Configuration (Optional)
If the device is in a factory-reset state, the UI typically ensures the device language matches the user's choice.
- **WebSocket Action**: `set_language`
- **Internal Logic**: `SetupWizard.js` handles this via `set_device_language`.
### 1.2 Network Configuration (WiFi)
Configures the device to connect to a specific wireless access point.
- **Implementation**: The `RenameDevices.do_rename_devices()` function sends this to the device. The device then updates its local name and mDNS/SSDP broadcasts.
## 2. Cloud Interaction Stage (HTTP)
The device needs to be linked to a Bose "Marge" account to enable cloud-based features and music services.
### 2.1 Account Creation (Registration)
If a user doesn't have an account, the setup client creates one.
Once the registration is complete, the setup application (Stockholm) performs final cleanup. It's important to distinguish between **App State** (the Stockholm UI's persistent settings) and **Device State** (the physical speaker's configuration).
### 4.1 Exiting Setup Mode (App Settings)
The Stockholm app communicates with its "native container" (the WebView bridge on iOS/Android/Windows/macOS) using a `setData` command in **JSON format**. This is an internal message to the application's persistent storage, **not a network command sent to the physical speaker**.
This command tells the Stockholm app which page to load on startup, effectively marking the setup as complete in the UI.
- `changeStartupPage`: Set to `false` after a successful setup or update.
- `tipsEnabled`: Set to `false` to suppress the "Getting Started" tutorials.
- `promptUpdate`: Set to `true` if a firmware update was deferred during setup.
### 4.2 Device Finalization
The physical speaker considers the setup "done" once it successfully processes the `<PairDeviceWithAccount>` XML message and completes its own handshake with the Marge cloud. There is no specific "Finalize" XML command sent to the speaker; the successful registration is the signal.
The `SetupWizard.js` calls `single_device_setup_done()` to trigger the internal `setData` updates described above. If these are not saved in the app's local storage, the Stockholm UI may return to the setup flow on next launch, even if the speaker is already paired.
---
## Summary of Scriptable Requirements
To automate a device setup using a custom tool (like `soundtouch-cli`), you must perform the following:
1. **Configure WiFi**: (Assumed if device is reachable over IP).
2. **Set Name**: Send the `<name>` WebSocket message (XML) to update the device identity.
3. **Obtain Token**: Authenticate against the cloud service (Marge) via HTTP.
4. **Pair Device**: Send the `<PairDeviceWithAccount>` WebSocket message (XML) with the account ID and token.
**Note**: The JSON `setData` commands are only necessary if you are building/controlling a version of the Stockholm UI itself. They are not required to configure the physical hardware.
# Technical Proposal: External Service Provider Abstraction
This document outlines a strategy to refactor the SoundTouch Service's content handling into a modular provider-based system.
## 1. Problem Statement
Currently, content handling for BMX (Bose Media Exchange) services like TuneIn or RadioBrowser is deeply intertwined with the HTTP handlers and XML models. Adding a new content provider (e.g., Local Media, Podcast RSS) requires modifying several files and duplicating boilerplate code for HTTP requests and error handling.
## 2. Proposed Architecture
### 2.1 The Provider Interface
We define a generic `ContentProvider` interface that abstracts away the source-specific logic (API calls, data parsing).
| `STORED_MUSIC` | Local/network music | Device account | No |
| `BLUETOOTH` | Bluetooth audio input | No | No |
| `AUX` | Auxiliary input | No | No |
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
**"Source not available"**
- Check if the service is configured on your SoundTouch device
- Verify account credentials are set up properly
- Use `GetSources()` to see what's actually available
**"No results found"**
- Try broader search terms
- Check if the service is working (try via SoundTouch app)
- Verify account has access to content
**"AddStation failed"**
- Ensure the token is valid (from search results)
- Check that the service supports adding stations
- Verify account permissions
**Navigation timeouts**
- Large libraries may take time to browse
- Use smaller page sizes for better performance
- Implement timeout handling in your code
### Getting Help
For additional help:
- Check the SoundTouch device logs
- Test functionality via the official SoundTouch app
- Review network connectivity between client and device
- Examine the raw XML responses for debugging
---
*This guide covers the complete navigation and station management functionality. For preset management, see [PRESET-MANAGEMENT.md](reference/PRESET-MANAGEMENT.md).*
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.